CN109389755A

CN109389755A - Cup type automatic vendor

Info

Publication number: CN109389755A
Application number: CN201710714122.0A
Authority: CN
Inventors: 松本尚男; 畔栁靖彦
Original assignee: Fuji Electric Co Ltd
Current assignee: Fuji Electric Co Ltd
Priority date: 2017-08-10
Filing date: 2017-08-10
Publication date: 2019-02-26

Abstract

A kind of cup type automatic vendor (1) has in the inside of apparatus casing (2): cup feed mechanism (C), and the supply of cup (W) is successively carried out from the cup column (WK) loaded；Raw material feed mechanism (D), the powder raw material as the raw material of beverage is stored in tank (D10), and carries out the supply of powder raw material to cup from tank (D10)；Ice machine (G) carries out the generation of ice, and the supply of ice is carried out to cup (W)；And reservoir (F), it carries out the supply for being stored in the hot water inside the reservoir to cup (W), cup type automatic vendor (1) carries out the generation of beverage by supplying powder raw material and hot water to cup (W), in the cup type automatic vendor (1), apparatus casing (2) has opening in front surface, and front surface door (3) are supported in the opening edge of apparatus casing (2), the front surface door (3) is by having along the hinge (T116) of the hinge axis of vertical direction come opening and closing device shell (2) front surface opening, in the inside of apparatus casing (2), ice machine (G) and power pack (T118) are configured in the side for being provided with hinge (T116), reservoir (F) and cup feed mechanism (C) are configured in the switch gate side of front surface door (3), to prevent large size Change.

Description

Cup type automatic vendor

Technical field

The present invention relates to a kind of cup type automatic vendors.

Background technique

Cup type automatic vendor is disposed in the machine of the inside of apparatus casing compared with the automatic vending machine of sale tinned drink There are many structures.That is, if it is the automatic vending machine of sale tinned drink, as long as then canned in the setting storage of the inside of apparatus casing The cargo path (column) of beverage.In contrast, it in the case where cup type automatic vendor, needs in the inside of apparatus casing It generates beverage and will be transported after the beverage supplying to cup, therefore at least need following mechanism parts.

Cup feed mechanism, carries out the supply of cup；

Raw material feed mechanism, the powder raw material as the raw material of beverage is stored in tank, and from tank to being supplied Cup carry out powder raw material supply；

Ice machine carries out the generation of ice, and the supply of ice is carried out to the cup supplied；

Reservoir carries out the supply for being stored in the hot water inside the reservoir to the cup supplied.

Patent document 1: Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication 2009-276986 bulletin

Summary of the invention

Problems to be solved by the invention

Thus, for cup type automatic vendor, following problems are particularly important in terms of preventing enlargement: such as Above-mentioned each mechanism part is efficiently configured at the inside of apparatus casing by what.

The present invention is in view of above-mentioned actual conditions, and its purpose is to provide the cup type automatic vendings that one kind can prevent enlargement Machine.

The solution to the problem

In order to achieve the above object, cup type automatic vendor according to the present invention has in the inside of apparatus casing: cup Feed mechanism carries out the supply of cup from the cup Leie time loaded；Raw material feed mechanism, by the powder as the raw material of beverage Powder stock is stored in tank, and carries out the supply of powder raw material to the cup from the tank；Ice machine carries out the generation of ice, And the supply of ice is carried out to the cup；And reservoir, the confession for being stored in the hot water inside the reservoir is carried out to the cup It gives, the cup type automatic vendor carries out the generation of beverage by supplying powder raw material and hot water to the cup, described cup type Automatic vending machine is characterized in that the apparatus casing has opening in front surface, and in the opening edge of the apparatus casing It is supported with front surface door, which is opened and closed the apparatus casing by having along the hinge of the hinge axis of vertical direction Front surface opening be configured with the ice machine and electricity in the side for being provided with the hinge in the inside of the apparatus casing Source capsule is configured with the reservoir and the cup feed mechanism in the switch gate side of the front surface door.

In addition, it is a feature of the present invention that the cup feed mechanism is in above-mentioned cup type automatic vendor with following shape State is installed on the apparatus casing: in the state of opening the front surface door, the cup feed mechanism can pulled into institute State the front of apparatus casing.

In addition, it is a feature of the present invention that the tank configuration is in the reservoir in above-mentioned cup type automatic vendor Between the cup feed mechanism.

In addition, it is a feature of the present invention that the ice machine is configured at than described in above-mentioned cup type automatic vendor Power pack is by inboard position, and the reservoir is configured at than the cup feed mechanism by inboard position.

The effect of invention

According to the present invention, compare the ice machine for needing installation space and cup feed mechanism and raw material feed mechanism in equipment shell The inside of body is configured at left and right, therefore can be realized the miniaturization of the size of front and back, so as to the enlargement of anti-locking apparatus.

Detailed description of the invention

Fig. 1 is the block diagram for schematically showing cup type automatic vendor.

Fig. 2 is the front view of cup type automatic vendor.

Fig. 3 is the side view of cup type automatic vendor.

Fig. 4 indicates that the concrete example of cup feed mechanism shown in FIG. 1, (a) are the stereoscopics of single circular cup feed mechanism Scheme, is (b) stereoscopic figure of two kinds of circular cup feed mechanisms, is (c) appearance of the single-row cup feed mechanism of single circle+single Perspective view, (d) be the rectangular cup feed mechanism of single stereoscopic figure.

Fig. 5 is the amplification stereogram of single circular cup feed mechanism shown in Fig. 4 (a).

Fig. 6 is by the amplified exploded perspective view of major part of single circular cup feed mechanism shown in fig. 5.

Fig. 7 indicates single circular cup feed mechanism shown in fig. 5, and (a) is side view, is (b) that the c1-c1 line in (a) cuts open View.

Fig. 8 is the exploded perspective view that glass ring is fallen applied by single circular cup feed mechanism shown in fig. 5.

Fig. 9 is the sectional top view that glass ring is fallen applied by single circular cup feed mechanism shown in fig. 5.

Figure 10 indicates driving mechanism applied by single circular cup feed mechanism shown in fig. 5 and falls a glass ring, and (a) is main Partial perspective view is (b) top view.

Figure 11 is successively conceptually to indicate to be answered by single circular cup feed mechanism shown in fig. 5 in (a)~(c) Fall the side view for the state that glass ring separates cup.

Figure 12 is the circular cup that single circular cup feed mechanism shown in fig. 5 is successively conceptually indicated in (a)~(c) The sectional top view of the conveying movement for the cup column stored in collector.

Figure 13 is that the conveying for the cup column for successively conceptually indicating that then Figure 12 (c) is implemented in (a) and (b) acts Sectional top view.

Figure 14 is the circular cup that single circular cup feed mechanism shown in fig. 5 is successively conceptually indicated in (a) and (b) The sectional top view of the return action for the cup column stored in collector.

Figure 15 is the amplification stereogram of two kinds of circular cup feed mechanisms shown in Fig. 4 (b).

Figure 16 is the in-built sectional top view for conceptually indicating two kinds of circular cup feed mechanisms shown in figure 15.

Figure 17 is the amplification stereogram of the single-row cup feed mechanism of the circle of single shown in Fig. 4 (c)+single.

Figure 18 is in-built section for conceptually indicating the single-row cup feed mechanism of single circle+single shown in Figure 17 Face top view.

Figure 19 amplification indicates the rectangular cup feed mechanism of single shown in (d) of Fig. 4, and (a) is stereoscopic figure, is (b) table Show internal perspective view.

Figure 20 indicates that the rectangular cup feed mechanism of single shown in (b) of Figure 19, (a) are top views, are (b) front view.

Figure 21 is the c2-c2 line cross-sectional view in Figure 20 (b).

Figure 22 indicates the bottom guide applied in the rectangular cup feed mechanism of single shown in Figure 19, and (a) is top view, It (b) is front view.

Figure 23 indicates the driving device applied in the rectangular cup feed mechanism of single shown in Figure 19, and (a) is rearview, (b) It is top view.

Figure 24 is successively indicated in the rectangular cup feed mechanism of the single shown in Figure 19 from the preparation cargo path on right side to sale goods Road supplements the supplement movement of preparation cup column, and (a) is to indicate that sale acts the top view of the state before starting, and (b) and (c) is prepared Cup column are moved to the top view of the state of sale cargo path side.

Figure 25 indicates the supplement movement for the preparation cup column that (c) of then Figure 24 is implemented, and (a) is that prepared cup column will be fallen to The top view of the state of cup column feeding mouth is (b) that prepared cup column are added the top view for selling the state of cargo path, is (c) table Show that push rod reverts to the top view of the state of position of readiness.

Figure 26 is the structure for indicating the powder raw material feed mechanism of the concrete example as raw material feed mechanism shown in FIG. 1 Stereoscopic figure.

Figure 27 is the perspective view for indicating a part fracture of powder raw material feed mechanism shown in Figure 26.

Figure 28 is the side cross-sectional view for indicating the tank of powder raw material feed mechanism shown in Figure 26.

Figure 29 is the exploded perspective view of tank shown in Figure 28.

Figure 30 is the major part side cross-sectional view for indicating the sliding slot of powder raw material feed mechanism shown in Figure 26.

Figure 31 is the perspective view for the gate that sliding slot shown in Figure 30 is arranged.

Figure 32 is the concept map for the heater that sliding slot shown in Figure 30 is arranged.

Figure 33 is to carry out a part fracture of shutter opening and closing apparatus applied by powder raw material feed mechanism shown in Figure 26 The perspective view of expression.

Figure 34 is the perspective view being omitted after the shell of shutter opening and closing apparatus shown in Figure 33.

Figure 35 is the amplification stereogram for indicating the major part of shutter opening and closing apparatus shown in Figure 33.

Figure 36 indicates the major part of shutter opening and closing apparatus shown in Figure 33, and (a) is right side view, is (b) left side view.

Figure 37 indicates that the shutter opening and closing bar of shutter opening and closing apparatus shown in Figure 33, (a) are right side views, is (b) left side view Figure.

Figure 38 indicates that the selector of shutter opening and closing apparatus shown in Figure 33, (a) are right side views, is (b) left side view.

Figure 39 indicates that the cam gear of shutter opening and closing apparatus shown in Figure 33, (a) are right side views, is (b) left side view.

Figure 40 indicates the movement of shutter opening and closing apparatus shown in Figure 33, is to press selector by the shell of cup conveying mechanism The side view of state.

Figure 41 indicates the movement of shutter opening and closing apparatus shown in Figure 33, is the side view of the state for the lower section that cup returns to sliding slot Figure.

Figure 42 is the side view that the movement of shutter opening and closing apparatus shown in Figure 33 is successively indicated in (a)~(c).

Figure 43 indicates the movement of shutter opening and closing apparatus shown in Figure 33, is shutter opening and closing bar by the side of the state of guillotine door open View.

Figure 44 indicates the movement of shutter opening and closing apparatus shown in Figure 33, is that gate rotation is made to carry out vibration to make to adhere The side view of state that falls of powder raw material.

Figure 45 indicates the fever datum level for the heater that sliding slot is arranged, and (a) is the cross-sectional view of curved heater, (b) be bent 2 times heater cross-sectional view, (c) be bending heater cross-sectional view.

Figure 46 is section for indicating the tank of extraction raw material feed mechanism of the concrete example as raw material feed mechanism shown in FIG. 1 Surface side view.

Figure 47 is the exploded perspective view that the tank of raw material feed mechanism is extracted shown in Figure 46.

Figure 48 is the figure for schematically showing the drinking water supply system of cup type automatic vendor shown in FIG. 1.

Figure 49 is the stereoscopic figure for indicating the specific structure of liquid storage device shown in FIG. 1.

Figure 50 is the perspective view for making liquid storage device local fracture shown in Figure 49.

Figure 51 is the cross sectional elevation of liquid storage device shown in Figure 49.

Figure 52 is the side cross-sectional view of liquid storage device shown in Figure 49.

Figure 53 indicates the major part of liquid storage device shown in Figure 49, and (a) is that stick position holding shaft is inserted into inserting for top Enter the side cross-sectional view of the state in hole, is (b) the section side view that stick position holding shaft is inserted into the state in insertion hole of lower section Figure.

Figure 54 is the stereoscopic figure for indicating the variation of liquid storage device shown in Figure 48.

Figure 55 indicates that liquid storage device shown in Figure 54, (a) are the top views for indicating the free state of the tab of test bar, (b) be make tab be located at stick cover insertion section state top view.

Figure 56 is the figure for indicating the major part of drinking water supply system shown in Figure 48.

Figure 57 is to indicate that the front view of the structural example of electrode occurs for chlorine.

Figure 58 is to indicate that the side view of the structural example of electrode occurs for chlorine.

Figure 59 is to indicate that the figure of the relationship between the current/voltage of electrode occurs for chlorine occurrence quantity and chlorine.

Figure 60 is to indicate that the front view of the structural example of electrode occurs for chlorine involved in first variation.

Figure 61 is to indicate that the side view of the structural example of electrode occurs for chlorine involved in first variation.

Figure 62 is to indicate that the front view of the structural example of electrode occurs for chlorine involved in the second variation.

Figure 63 is to indicate that the front view of the structural example of electrode occurs for chlorine involved in third variation.

Figure 64 is to indicate that the side view of the structural example of electrode occurs for chlorine involved in third variation.

Figure 65 is to indicate that the front view of the structural example of electrode occurs for chlorine involved in the 4th variation.

Figure 66 is to indicate that the side view of the structural example of electrode occurs for chlorine involved in the 4th variation.

Figure 67 is the stereoscopic figure for indicating the concrete example of reservoir shown in FIG. 1.

Figure 68 is the perspective view that the state after forward shroud and upper lid is removed in the reservoir shown in Figure 67.

Figure 69 is that standing for the state after being disposed in the front heat-insulating material of front surface is removed in the reservoir shown in Figure 67 Body figure.

Figure 70 is the perspective view of the reservoir shown in Figure 67 from oblique upper.

Figure 71 is the figure for the lower part that amplification indicates reservoir shown in Figure 67.

Figure 72 conceptually indicates the internal structure of reservoir shown in Figure 67, after (a) is the water level decreasing of reservoir The figure of state, (b) be reservoir water level rise after state figure.

Figure 73 is the figure for conceptually indicating the concrete example of ice machine shown in FIG. 1.

Figure 74 is the side cross-sectional view of ice machine shown in Figure 73.

Figure 75 is the perspective view for indicating the lower ice chute of ice machine shown in Figure 73.

Figure 76 be as the cup conveying mechanism of 3 shaft types of the concrete example of cup conveying mechanism shown in FIG. 1 partial cross section it is vertical Body figure.

Figure 77 is the partial sectional perspective of glass grasping device.

Figure 78 is the perspective view for indicating the cup baffle of glass grasping device.

Figure 79 indicates the cup baffle in left side, and (a) is the perspective view for being mounted with the state of accessory, after (b) removing accessory The perspective view of state.

Figure 80 indicates the cup baffle on right side, and (a) is the perspective view for indicating to be mounted with the state of accessory, is (b) to remove accessory The perspective view of state afterwards.

Figure 81 is to indicate that glass maintaining part is configured to the solid of the state of the cup reception position of the underface of glass feed mechanism Figure.

Figure 82 is the solid for indicating the underslung cup conveying mechanism of the concrete example as cup conveying mechanism shown in FIG. 1 Figure.

Figure 83 is to indicate to detect from cup feed mechanism to supply cup to export the arranging of the cup detection sensor of glass detectable signal The figure of position.

Figure 84 is to indicate a glass feed mechanism, cup grasping device, powder raw material feed mechanism, rabbling mechanism, take out mouth mechanism Perspective view.

Figure 85 is the perspective view for indicating the concrete example of rabbling mechanism shown in FIG. 1.

Figure 86 is the perspective view of rabbling mechanism involved in variation.

Figure 87 is the partial sectional perspective of rabbling mechanism involved in variation.

Figure 88 is the perspective view for indicating to apply the grinder for the grinding device for extracting raw material.

Figure 89 is the exploded perspective view for applying the grinder for the grinding device for extracting raw material.

Figure 90 indicates that the grinder of Figure 88, (a) are top views, is (b) side view.

Figure 91 is the in-built side cross-sectional view for indicating grinder.

Figure 92 indicates the motionless grind section of grinder, and (a) is perspective view, is (b) exploded perspective view.

Figure 93 indicate grinder spin finishing portion, channel wall ring and guiding elements, (a) is perspective view, be (b) from (a) channel wall ring and guiding elements are omitted and only indicates the perspective view in spin finishing portion.

Figure 94 is the perspective view of the element of exploded representation Figure 93 (a).

Figure 95 is the explanatory diagram acted for illustrating the crushing of the coffee bean in grinder.

Figure 96 is the figure for indicating an example with electric array.

The explanatory diagram of the movement of charge when Figure 97 is for illustrating that the coffee bean in grinder crushes.

Figure 98 is the in-built figure for schematically showing the cup type automatic vendor for the brewing mechanism for having filter paper type.

Figure 99 is the inside structure for schematically showing the cup type automatic vendor for the brewing mechanism for having permanent filter formula The figure made.

Figure 100 indicates paper brewing machine, and (a) is the perspective view obtained from upper right, be (b) obtained from upper left it is vertical Body figure.

Figure 101 indicates net brewing machine, (a) be the perspective view obtained from upper right, (b) be obtained from upper left it is vertical Body figure.

Figure 102 is the exploded perspective view of the paper brewing machine obtained from upper right.

Figure 103 is the exploded perspective view of the paper brewing machine obtained from upper left.

Figure 104 is the perspective view for indicating the water clock unit for the state for removing cylinder from cylinder frame.

Figure 105 indicates cylinder, and (a) is top view, is (b) the c3-c3 line cross-sectional view in (a).

Figure 106 indicates cylinder frame, and (a) is top view, is (b) front view.

The water clock unit after the outside mask of cylinder frame is omitted in Figure 107 expression, and (a) is the perspective view obtained from front side, It (b) is the perspective view obtained from rear side.

Figure 108 is the in-built side view of the side wall on the right side of the cylinder frame for the state for indicating to be omitted outside mask.

Figure 109 be indicate to show the right side of cylinder frame of the state of the cam path of cam plectane side wall it is in-built Side view.

Figure 110 is that amplification indicates to show the figure of the cam plectane of cam path.

Figure 111 is the c4-c4 line cross-sectional view of cylinder frame shown in Figure 106.

Figure 112 is for illustrating the explanatory diagram that removes of the water clock unit from main body driving unit, is before operation dismounting bar In the state of be covered with the side view of cover.

Figure 113 is for illustrating the explanatory diagram that removes of the water clock unit from main body driving unit, is before operation dismounting bar In the state of remove the side view of cover.

Figure 114 is explanatory diagram same as Figure 112, and the side view of cover is covered in the state of being after operation dismounting bar.

Figure 115 is explanatory diagram same as Figure 113, and the side view of cover is removed in the state of being after operation dismounting bar.

Figure 116 indicates the main body driving unit of paper brewing machine, and (a) is perspective view, (b) removes unit enclosure and lateral paper guide The perspective view of state.

Figure 117 indicates the main body driving unit of net brewing machine, and (a) is perspective view, is (b) solid for removing the state of scraper Figure.

Figure 118 is the in-built left side view for indicating main body driving unit.

Figure 119 is the in-built left side view for indicating the main body driving unit of net brewing machine.

Figure 120 is the in-built right side view for indicating main body driving unit.

Figure 121 indicates filter paper carrying device, and (a) is the perspective view from upper right, is (b) solid from upper left Figure.

Figure 122 indicates that paper frame unit, (a) are the perspective views for the state that paper door is put in closing, is (b) state for putting paper door Perspective view.

Figure 123 indicates paper frame unit, and (a) is top view, is (b) the c5-c5 line cross-sectional view in (a).

Figure 124 indicates that paper frame unit, (a) indicate the left side view that the state of the cover of the side wall in left side is omitted, be (b) (a) the c6-c6 line cross-sectional view in.

Figure 125 illustrates that paper uses up detection bar, and (a) is top view, is (b) left side view.

Figure 126 indicates the locked configuration of drum drive, and (a) is the figure for illustrating lock state, is (b) for saying The figure of bright lock release state.

Figure 127 indicates paper driving unit, and (a) is the perspective view from upper right, is (b) perspective view from upper left.

Figure 128 indicates paper frame unit and paper driving unit, (a) be make two units mutually from state figure, be (b) by two The figure of the state of a unit connection.

Figure 129 is the flow chart for indicating the execution processing of coffee sale movement.

Figure 130 is the flow chart for indicating to extract slag discharge initial treatment shown in Figure 129.

Figure 131 is the flow chart for indicating the processing of coffee extract shown in Figure 129.

Figure 132 is the flow chart for indicating large capacity extraction process shown in Figure 131.

Figure 133 is the flow chart for indicating extraction slag discharge processing shown in Figure 129.

The explanatory diagram of the standby mode of the movement of paper brewing machine when Figure 134 is for successively illustrating that coffee is sold.

The confession to cylinder base feed and hot water of the movement of paper brewing machine when Figure 135 is for successively illustrating that coffee is sold To the explanatory diagram of state.

The supply shape to hot water after cylinder supply of the movement of paper brewing machine when Figure 136 is for successively illustrating that coffee is sold The explanatory diagram of state.

Figure 137 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 136, indicates cylinder cap advance, the state positioned at the surface of cylinder.

Figure 138 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 137, indicates the state of the upper surface of cylinder cap sealing cylinder.

Figure 139 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 138, after indicating the transporting of coffee, the upper surface that relieves cylinder cap to cylinder Sealing state.

Figure 140 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 139, indicate cylinder cap retreat and back to position of readiness, for the first time to opening Cylinder investment rinses the investment state of hot water.

Figure 141 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 140, indicates filter block decline, puts into the investment for rinsing hot water to cylinder second State.

Figure 142 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 141, indicates that the state for extracting slag is discharged by sending out filter paper.

Figure 143 is the figure for illustrating the movement of paper brewing machine when selecting the increment of coffee when coffee is sold, and is indicated The transporting of first time coffee supplies the supply state of additional hot water to cylinder after terminating.

Figure 144 is the figure for illustrating the movement of paper brewing machine when selecting the increment of coffee when coffee is sold, and is indicated State in the upper surface of the supply back cylinder cover sealing cylinder of additional hot water.

Figure 145 is the movement for successively illustrating net brewing machine when extraction slag to be discharged to front when coffee is sold Explanatory diagram indicates standby mode.

Figure 146 is the movement for successively illustrating net brewing machine when extraction slag to be discharged to front when coffee is sold Explanatory diagram indicates the supply state to cylinder base feed and hot water.

Figure 147 is the movement for successively illustrating net brewing machine when extraction slag being discharged to front in coffee sale Explanatory diagram, indicate to cylinder supply after hot water supply state.

Figure 148 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 147, indicates cylinder cap advance, the state positioned at the surface of cylinder.

Figure 149 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 148, indicates the state of the upper surface of cylinder cap sealing cylinder.

Figure 150 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 149, indicates to relieve cylinder cap after transporting to the upper surface of cylinder in coffee Sealing state.

Figure 151 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 150, indicate cylinder cap retreat and back to position of readiness, for the first time to opening Cylinder investment rinses the investment state of hot water.

Figure 152 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 151, indicates filter block decline, puts into the investment for rinsing hot water to cylinder second State.

Figure 153 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 152, indicates the state that extraction slag is discharged to front by scraper.

Figure 154 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 153, indicates that filter block returns to the state of position of readiness.

Figure 155 is then 154 explanatory diagram, indicates that scraper returns to the state of position of readiness.

Figure 156 is the movement for successively illustrating net brewing machine when extraction slag being discharged to rear when coffee is sold Explanatory diagram indicates standby mode.

Figure 157 is the movement for successively illustrating net brewing machine when extraction slag being discharged to rear when coffee is sold Explanatory diagram indicates that scraper advances, positioned at the state of front side position of readiness.

Figure 158 is the movement for successively illustrating net brewing machine when extraction slag being discharged to rear when coffee is sold Explanatory diagram indicates the supply state to cylinder base feed and hot water.

Figure 159 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 158, is figure corresponding with Figure 148.

Figure 160 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 159, is figure corresponding with Figure 149.

Figure 161 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 160, is figure corresponding with Figure 150.

Figure 162 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 161, is figure corresponding with Figure 151.

Figure 163 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 162, is figure corresponding with Figure 152.

Figure 164 is the explanatory diagram of then Figure 163, indicates the state that extraction slag is discharged to rear by scraper.

Figure 165 is the relationship of the rotation angle of each clamping element and cam plectane under the action state for indicating brewing mechanism List.

Figure 166 is the air pump and surrounding figure when indicating the frame of main body driving unit from back side.

Figure 167 indicates breathing space division, and (a) is the perspective view for being mounted with the state of closed plate, is (b) to have removed envelope The perspective view of the state of closing plate.

Figure 168 indicates strainer, and (a) is perspective view, is (b) exploded perspective view.

Figure 169 is the c7-c7 line cross-sectional view in Figure 168 (a).

Figure 170 indicates the filter hole (through hole) of filter body, and (a) is upper surface partial enlarged view, is (b) that part is cut Face enlarged drawing is (c) lower surface partial enlarged view.

Figure 171 is the enlarged partial sectional view for indicating the filter hole (through hole) of filter body shown in Figure 170.

Figure 172 is the enlarged partial sectional view for indicating the filter hole (through hole) of filter body involved in variation.

Figure 173 is the internal front view of the cup type automatic vendor equipped with mixing bowl.

Figure 174 is the side cross-sectional view of mixing bowl.

Figure 175 is the c8-c8 line cross-sectional view in Figure 174.

Figure 176 is the side view for indicating the lid main body of mixing bowl shown in Figure 174.

Figure 177 is the figure for indicating to rinse the flowing of stirring container inner surface of the hot water after the hydrophiling of Figure 174.

Figure 178 is the figure of the relationship between the beverage adhesion amount for the stirring container for showing Figure 174 and beverage sales number.

Figure 179 is the figure for schematically showing the structure of cooling unit shown in FIG. 1.

Figure 180 is the top view for schematically showing the structure for each equipment being configured in cooling trough.

Figure 181 is the longitudinal section for schematically showing the structure for each equipment being configured in cooling trough.

Figure 182 is the syrup feed mechanism for schematically showing the cup type automatic vendor as embodiments of the present invention Structure figure.

Figure 183 is the perspective view for indicating the structural example of molasses pump of gear pump type.

Figure 184 is the perspective view for indicating the structural example of molasses pump of bellows pump type.

Figure 185 is the side sectional view of molasses pump shown in Figure 184.

Figure 186 is the side sectional view of the state in the spray action for indicate molasses pump shown in Figure 185.

Figure 187 is the side sectional view of the state in the attraction movement for indicate molasses pump shown in Figure 186.

Figure 188 is the enlarged drawing of the test section of position of readiness switch.

Figure 189 is the figure for schematically showing the structure of carbonator shown in FIG. 1.

Figure 190 is the in-built front view for schematically showing carbonator.

Figure 191 is the knot for schematically showing the drainage mechanism of the cup type automatic vendor as embodiments of the present invention The figure of structure.

Figure 192 is the perspective view for indicating the construction of drainage switch.

Figure 193 is the figure for schematically showing the structure of drainage mechanism involved in variation.

Figure 194 is the perspective view for taking out mouth mechanism.

Figure 195 is the partial sectional perspective from the taking-up mouth mechanism of overleaf observing.

Figure 196 is the taking-up mouth mechanism from overleaf observing, is the perspective view that outlet door is open state.

Figure 197 is the cross sectional elevation for taking out mouth mechanism.

Figure 198 is the partial sectional perspective from the taking-up mouth mechanism of the hand of overleaf observing.

Figure 199 is the internal front view of medium-sized cup type automatic vendor.

Figure 200 is the inside top figure of medium-sized cup type automatic vendor.

Figure 20 1 is the inside top figure of small-sized cup type automatic vendor.

Figure 20 2 is the internal front view of the cup type automatic vendor of compact.

Figure 20 3 is the inside top figure of the cup type automatic vendor of compact.

Figure 20 4 is the internal front view of subminiature cup type automatic vendor.

Figure 20 5 is the inside top figure of subminiature cup type automatic vendor.

Description of symbols

1,1LA, 1LB: cup type automatic vendor；1-1: medium-sized cup type automatic vendor；1-2: small-sized cup type automatic vending Machine；1-3: compact cup type automatic vendor；1-4: microminiature cup type automatic vendor；2: apparatus casing；3: front surface door；4: Outlet；5: door spacer；A: drainage mechanism；A1: drain vessel；A10: draining tray；A11: drainage channel；A2: drainage switch； A3: drain pan；A4: electrode switch；A5: erecting bed；A6: microswitch；A6a: detection lug；A7: float；A8: cotton rope；A9: bottom Panel；B: chlorine generator；B10: chlorine generator controls box；B14: DC power supply；B15: power control portion；B18: electricity occurs for chlorine Pole；B18a: electrode plate；B19: electrode occurs for chlorine；B19a: electrode plate；B20: electrode occurs for chlorine；B21: electrically insulating material；B22: Electrode occurs for chlorine；B23: insulative partition wall；B4: electrode occurs for chlorine；B4a: electrode plate；B4b: holder；B4c: terminal；C: cup supplies To mechanism；C-1: single circular cup feed mechanism；C-2: two kinds of circular cup feed mechanisms；C-3: the single circle+single-row cup of single Feed mechanism；C-4: the rectangular cup feed mechanism of single；C10: base portion；C11: mounting surface；C12: member supporting face is returned to；C13: it returns Return component；C13a: main part；C13b: rotation axle portion；C13c: pressing protrusion；C13d: spring mountings；C13e: Torsion coil Spring；C13f: stop part；C14: connecting hole；C15: cup column feeding mouth；C16: annular protrusion；C20: circular cup collector； C20 ': single-row cup collector；C21: shell；C21 ': shell；C21A: upper shell；C21B: lower casing；C21Ba: main part； C21Bb: lower ring；C22: demarcation plate；C23: upper ring；C24: top plate；C25: above link apparatus；C26: idler wheel；C27: rib；C28: under Link apparatus；C28a: protruding portion；C28b: fitting portion；C30: a glass ring is fallen；C30a, C30b: ring shell；C31: cup detaching cam； C31a: cam part；C31b: gear part；C32: gear ring；C32a: gear part；C33: drive rod；C34: upper hopper chute；C35: it glides Slot；C36: cup sells out detection bar；C37: cup sells out detection switch；C38: cup falls detection sensor；C38a: light-emitting component； C38b: light receiving element；C40: driving device；C41: motor；C42: gear-box；C43: output shaft；C44: driving gear；C45: Rotary body；C45a: engaging protrusion；C46: collector rotating member；C46a: gear part；C46b: fitting portion；C47: sliding part； C47a: long hole；C47b: linking part；C50: base portion；C51: mounting surface；C52: cup column feeding mouth；C60: rectangular cup collector； C61: outer wall；C61a: back wall portion；C61b: sidewall portion；C62: upper lid；C63: front surface cover；C64: backstop stick；C70: driving Device；C71: motor；C710: rotary driving part；C711: driving body；C711a: eccentric cam；C712: swivel plate；C713: Fulcrum；C720: sliding equipment portion；C721A: top plate；C721B: middle plate；C721C: lower plywood；C722: right sliding part； C722a: through-Penetration portion；C723: left sliding part；C723a: rack gear；C724: drive rod；C725: long hole；C726: force application mechanism； C727: horizon bar；C728: sliding part；C728a: through-Penetration portion；C729: disc spring；C730: pinion gear；C730a: slot；C731: bullet Spring；C732: spring；C733: pinion gear；C733a: slot；C74: gear-box；C80: cup column supplementary device；C81: push rod；C81a: Main part；C81b: upper interconnecting piece；C81c: lower interconnecting piece；C81d: bending part；C82: bottom guide；C82a: guiding piece wall Portion；C82b: engaging protuberances；C82c: slot is made a concession；C82d: hole；C83: support stick；C83a: main part；C83b: upper interconnecting piece； C83c: lower interconnecting piece；C83d: bending part；C84: bearing；CK: sale cargo path；CY: preparation cargo path；D: raw material feed mechanism；D- 1: powder raw material feed mechanism；D-2: raw material feed mechanism is extracted；D10: tank；D11: container body；D11a: input port；D11b: Rail portion；D12: hopper；D13: unloading part；D13a: ejiction opening；D13b: sliding eye；D14: lid；D15: locking mechanism； D15a: sliding component；D15b: sliding guide；D15c: protrusion；D16: indicator；D17: raw material detection sensor；D17a: hair Optical element；D17b: light receiving element；D18: wheel；D19: auger screw；D19a: ridge；D20: sliding slot；D21: discharge port；D22: Gate；D22a: bearing axle portion；D23: guillotine door open bar；D23a: rear end；D24: extension spring；D30: gear-box；D31: spiral shell Bar motor；D40: cover component；D41: primary heater；D42: secondary heater；D43: sheath；D44: heating wire；D45: hair Hot datum level；D46, D47: heater；D48: heater；D50: shutter opening and closing apparatus；D51: shell；D51a: sliding panel；D52: Shutter opening and closing bar；D52a: support shaft；D52b: rotating hole；D52c: lever pin；D52d: front end；D52e: push projection portion；D53: Selector；D53a: bar portion；D53b: cam abutting part；D53c: groove portion；D54: cam gear；D54a: cam part；D54b: gear Portion；D54c: notch gear portion；D54d: cam stops portion；D54e: rotary shaft；D54f: rotating hole；D54g: recess portion；D55: driving Gear；D55a: pin；D56: extension spring；D57: leaf spring；D58: drive motor；D58a: rotary shaft；E: liquid storage device；E1: water Pump；E11: liquid storage device main body；E12: lid；E12a: feed water inlet；E12b: sliding part；E13: test bar；E13a: flange；E13b: Float；E14: switch；E14a: high water level switch；E14b: low level switch；E16: stick cover；E16a, E16b: insertion hole； E17: stick cover；E17a, E17b: insertion section；E18: test bar；E18a: flange；E18b: tab；E2: water filter；E20: stick position Holding shaft (screw thread)；E3, E4: electromagnetism feed water valve；E30: auxiliary pump；E31: auxiliary water-feeding tube；E32: water feeding tank；E40: supply line Road；E41: water cooling coil；E42: electromagnetism cold valves；E43: carbonated water supply lines；E44: electromagnetism feed water valve；E45: electromagnetism carbon Sour water valve；E46: melt water pipe；E5: water supplying pipe；F: reservoir；F1: heater；F10: hot water spray unit；F11, F:12 hot water Supply valve；F11a, F12a: hot water supply pipe；F13: temperature sensor is sprayed；F14: overflow pipe；F2: float；F20: lower part temperature Spend sensor；F3: arm sensing；F30: boiling prevents thermocouple；F31: high water level switch；F32: low level switch；F34: dry combustion method Prevent thermocouple；F35: interior insulating material；F36: outer thermal insulation；F37: vacuum heat insulation materials；F38: lower part heat insulating material Material；F39: ejiction opening；F4: support shaft；F40: forward shroud；F5: hot water supply mouth；F50: upper lid；F6: front heat-insulating material； F60: implement；F61: nozzle；F62: operating stick；G: ice machine；G1: ice supply passageway；G10: ice making unit；G11: ice making Cylinder；G12: auger；G12a: bite；G13: refrigerant passage；G14: speed reducer；G15: drive motor；G16: fixed Knife；G20: ice storage portion；G21: storage chamber；G21a: discharge port；G22: communication cylinder；G23: rotary shaft；G24: blender；G25: point Every component；G25a: communication hole；G26: detecting plate；G27: ice storage amount search switch；G28: shutter door；G29: door solenoid； G29a: reset spring；G30: lower ice chute；G31: ice basis weight sensor；H: cup conveying mechanism；The cup conveyer of H-1:3 shaft type Structure；H-2: underslung cup conveying mechanism；H10:XY platform；H12: cup grasping device；H14:X axle portion；H16:Y axle portion；H160: outer Shell；H18:X axis cover；H181: platform；H182L: cup baffle；H182L1: axle portion；H182L2: gear part；H182L3: baffle arm； H182L3a: square hole；H182L4: cup handle part；H182L5: baffle portion；H182L6: arm；H182L7, H182R7: rib； H182R: cup baffle；H182R1: axle portion；H182R2: gear part；H182R3: baffle arm；H182R3a: square hole；H182R3b: Square hole；H182R4: cup handle part；H182R5: baffle portion；H182R6: arm；H183: guide plate；The driving of H184:Z axis is electronic Machine；H185:Z axis origin switch；H186:Z shaft position detection switch；H187:Z axis guiding piece；H188:H axis actuating arm；H189: Spring；H190: accessory；H190a: claw；H190b: protrusion；H2:Y axle portion；H20:X axis conveys motor；H201: cup handle holds dress It sets；H202: track；H203: cup conveys motor；H204: powder pallet；H204a: cup discards hole；H204b: hole edge；H205: Discarded cup；H206: cup detection sensor；H206a: light-emitting component；H206b: light receiving element；H208: container containing slag；H22: X-axis motor driver；H24:X axis driving pulley；H25:X axis driven pulley；H26:X axis synchronous belt；H28:X axial adjustment spiral shell Line；H30:X axis origin sensor；H32: anti-off board；H34:Y axis cover；H36:Y axis conveys motor；H38:Y axis motor drive Device；H40:Y axis driving pulley；H41:Y axis driven pulley；H42:Y axis synchronous belt；H44:Y axial adjustment screw thread；H46:Y axis origin Sensor；H48: anti-off board；H50:Y axis locking solenoid；J: rabbling mechanism；J-1, J-2: rabbling mechanism；J10: agitating paddle； J10a: drive shaft；J11: agitating paddle electric rotating motivation；J12: agitating paddle elevating motor；J13: standby height detection switch； J14: agitated height detection sensor；J15: upward guide piece on agitating paddle；J16: hot water nozzle；J17: coffee supply nozzle； J18: leaf tea supply nozzle；J19: cover；J20: ice cube imports sliding slot；K: grinder；K1: shell；K10: granularity adjusts screw thread； K10a: worm gear；K11: hopper；K12: coarse crushing ring；K13: upside ring fine crushing；K13a, K25a: crushed face；K14: gear part；K15: External thread part；K18: protrusion is crushed；K18a: upper surface；K18b: front end face；K18c: recess portion；K19: recess portion；K19a: triangular facet； K19b: arc surface；K2: grinder main part；K21: raw material feed appliance；K21a: rotating part；K21b: spiral projections；K21c: spiral shell It is female；K22: rotary shaft；K22a: bearing；K23: grinder gear；K24: powder raw material collects/spray plate；K24a: blade part；K25: Downside ring fine crushing；K26: powder sends out access；K27: channel wall ring；K27a: ejiction opening；K27b: spring engaging portion；K28: guidance structure Part；K28a: inner surface；K29: connecting spring；K3: motor；K30: ground wire；K30a: terminal；K31: driving gear；K32: in Between gear；K36: sliding slot；K3a: shell；K3b: interconnecting piece；K4: powder raw material supply unit；K4a: cylindrical portion；K6: motionless grind section； K7: spin finishing portion；L: brewing mechanism；L1: brewing machine；L101: cylinder cap；L102: scraper；L102a: supporting element；L102b: it scrapes Knife main body；L102c: engaging slot；L102d: notch；L103: frame；L103a: upper opening；L103b: central portion opening； L104: cam drive mechanism；L105: cylinder cap/scraper driving mechanism；L106: clamping drive mechanism；L107: air pump；L107a: Air suction port；L108: unit enclosure；L109: lateral paper guide；L109a: rake；L109b: bending section；L111: lid main body； L112: sliding part；L113: lid guide rod；L114: raw material/hot water guiding elements；L115: auxiliary material sliding slot；L116: hot water Guide receiving portion；L116a: auxiliary hot water supply nozzle；L121: the first motor；L122: gear-box；L123: output gear； L124: driving engage gear；L125: mode switch；L125a: switch gear；L126: intermediate gear；L131: the second motor； L132: gear-box；L133: scraper driving portion；L133a: arm；L133b: engaging protuberances；L140: engagement hose；L141: pipe is kept Part；L142: clamping main body；L143: cam；L144: output gear；L145: rotary shaft；L146: driving gear；L16: beverage Pipe；L20: brewing machine main body；L201: filter paper carrying device；L202: paper frame unit；L203: paper driving unit；L204: frame master Body；L204a: guide reel；L205: roller for paper feeding；L205a: arc sections；L205b: straight line portion；L205c: roundlet arc portion；L206: Put paper door；L207: paper uses up detection bar；L207a: fulcrum；L207b: bar main body；L207c: detection bar portion；L208: drum driven Mechanism；L21: water clock unit；L211: frame；L212: film hood；L213: side wall；L213a: opening；L213b: connecting hole； L213c: engaging portion；L215: cover；L216: paper roll portion supporting member；L216a: protrusion；L216b: leg；L216c: inclined surface； L217: anticreep component；L218: drum shaft；L22: main body driving unit；L221: door main body；L222: arm；L222a: engaging is convex Portion；L222b: sticking department；L223: roll shaft；L224: roller；L225: slag separating plate；L226: spring；L228: torsionspring；L23: Cylinder；L231: front pulley；L232: rear belt wheel；L233: synchronous belt；L234: fulcrum；L235: driven gear；L235a: hub； L235b: engaging recessed part；L236: geared lock mechanisms；L237: locking component；L237a: ring portion；L237b: sliding part；L238: Spring；L239: locking convex portion；L24: cylinder frame；L241: shell；L241a: locking component abutting part；L242: motor；L243: Gear-box；L243a: output shaft；L244: driving gear；L245: cam；L245a: engaging recessed part；L246: paper feed detection switch； L246a: operating stick；L246b: switch roller；L247: paper uses up detection switch；L247a: operating stick；L247b: switch roller；L248: Changer lever；L248a: fulcrum；L248b: holding section；L249: torsionspring；L24a: cylinder receiving portion；L25: handle；L26: guidance Portion；L27: hot water guiding wall；L28: hot water spreads protrusion；L301: breathing space division；L302: air suction tube；L303: Rib；L303a: protrusion；L303b: threaded hole；L304: breathing space；L305: opening portion；L311: closed plate；L312: pipe installation Hole；L313: screw；L314: screw member insertion hole；L315: notch；L32: filter block；L32a: filter block pipe；L34: stoneware is connect； L35: front surface cover；L36: preceding upper cover；L37: frame cover；L37a: material pouring inlet；L37b: hot water supply mouth；L37c: hot gas row Outlet；L38, L39: guide reel；L40: engagement hose；L41: side wall；L41a: recess portion；L41b: support holes；L42: back wall；L43: Bottom wall；L44: sidewall body；L44a, L44b: fulcrum；L44c: long hole；L44d: fulcrum；L44e: guide rail；L44f: supporting part； L45: outer cover；L45a: long hole；L45b: engaging protuberances；L50: sewer pipe；L50a: horizontal part；L51: cylinder switching mechanism；L53: the One cam path；L54: the second cam path；L55: cam plectane；L55a: gear part；L55b: protrusion；L56: sliding part；L56a: card Close protrusion；L56b: long hole；L57: cylinder cap locking component；L57a: engaging protuberances；L57b: sticking department；L58: sewer pipe clamps structure Part；L58a: engaging protuberances；L58b: press section；L59: holddown spring；L61: outer cam portion；L61a: proximity；L62: driving Cam part；L63: inside cam part；L64: outer cam portion；L65: driving cam part；L66: inside cam part；L71: connection Axis；L72: strainer；L721: filter body；L721a: wet end；L721b: flange part；L721c: filter hole；L721d: scrobicula； L721e: straight hole；L721f: lower surface；L721g: curved surface cone construction；L721h: the edge of a knife；L722: holding plate；L722a: supporting part； L722b: hole；L722c: fixed part；L723: fixed frame；L723a: side wall；L723b: upper wall；L73: sealing element；L74: bearing structure Part；L75: power transmission shaft；L76: gear；L76a: driven engage gear；L8: clamping element；L84: removal rod；L84a: operation Portion；L84b: disassembly protrusion；L85: sticking department；L88: support projection；L89: cam lock mechanism；L89a: locking component；L89b: Spring；L8A: the first air clamping element；L8B: the second air clamping element；L8C: beverage clamping element；L9: delivery pipe；L90: locking Release protrusion；L91: supporting member；L91a: base portion；L91b: arm；L92: component is held；L9A: the first air delivery pipe； L9B: the second air delivery pipe；L9C: drink pipeline；LA: paper brewing machine；LB: net brewing machine；LG: slag is extracted；LP: filter paper； LPr: paper roll portion；LPs: core；M: mixing bowl；M100: lamp in library；M11: stirring container；M11a: inner surface；M12: lid main body； M13: hot water introducing port；M13a: hot water passageway；M14: slot under hot water stream；M15: peripheral wall；M15a: protrusion；M16: gap；M17: Material pouring inlet；M18: exhaust channel；M19: beverage outpours portion；M19a: ejiction opening；M20: agitating device；M21: stirring is electronic Machine；M22: connector；M23: vertical axle；M24: stirring blade for cooking；M25: valve blade；N: cooling unit；N1: cooling trough； N11: solenoid valve；N12: capillary；N13: merging part；N14: solenoid valve；N15: expansion valve；N17: fan；N18: unit base portion； N19: air filter；N1a: inner surface；N2: compressor；N21: syrup cooling coil；N22: agitating device；N22a: stirring structure Part；N22b: motor；N23: water guiding piece is sent；N24: control sensor；N3, N4: charging crane portion；N5: condenser；N6: it steams Send out device；N8: drier；N9, N10: refrigerant piping；P: syrup feed mechanism；P1~P3: molasses pump；P10, P11: syrup valve； P12: motor；P13, P14: gear；P15: pump main body；P16: piston；P17: bellows；P18: main body；P19: cylinder；P20: it inhales Entrance；P20a: check-valves；P21: ejiction opening；P21a: check-valves；P23: stick；P26: gear motor；P27: cam；P27a: Recess portion；P28: drive pin；P29: first link arm；P30: pivot pin；P31: second connecting rod limb；P32, P33: connecting pin；P35: to Machine position switch；P35a: test section；P35b: elastic piece；P36: switch abutting member；P38: motor rotation sensor；P39: Fixed thread；P4~P6: syrup supply lines；P7~P9: bag in box；Q: carbonator；Q1: closed container；Q1: carbonated water is led Outlet pipe；Q12: take-up reel；Q14: switch；Q2: carbonic acid gas cylinder；Q3: water supply joint；Q4: air connector；Q5: carbonated water spray Connector out；Q7: water injection nozzle；Q9: gas pipe；R: control unit；S: mouth mechanism is taken out；S-1: the outlet machine of self-action Structure；S-2: the taking-up mouth mechanism of hand；S10: outlet door；S10a: snap-latch piece；S12: positive framework；S14: retainer； S14a: bottom surface；S16: outlet door is opened and closed motor；S18: damper；S20: outlet door locking solenoid；S22: outlet Door closes search switch；S24a, S24b: cup detection sensor is taken out；S26: outlet illumination；S28: ribs；S30: prominent Slice；T100: lamp in library；T106: dam switch；T110: scavenger fan；T116: hinge；T118: power pack；T119: slag is contained Container；T120: hinge；T122: power supply relay box；T126: cooling unit filter；T128: drain vessel switch；T130: Water filter；U: operating unit；U1: operation inputting part；V: gathering processing unit；V1: amount of money display；V2: coin slot； V3: coin returns bar；V4: bank note insert port；V5: coin return bucket；W, W1, W2: cup；WK: sale cup column；WY: preparation cup column.

Specific embodiment

In the following, the preferred embodiment of cup type automatic vendor according to the present invention is described in detail with reference to the attached drawings.

The summary of FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 expression cup type automatic vendor 1.Cup type automatic vendor 1 is constituted are as follows: in apparatus casing 2 Inside have control unit R, cup feed mechanism C, raw material feed mechanism D, liquid storage device E, chlorine generator B, reservoir F, ice machine G, Cup conveying mechanism H, rabbling mechanism J, grinder K, brewing mechanism L, mixing bowl M, cooling unit N, syrup feed mechanism P, carbonic acid Change device Q, drainage mechanism A, and has in the front surface door 3 of cup type automatic vendor 1 and take out mouth mechanism S, operating unit U, receive Money processing unit V.It takes out mouth mechanism S and is set to outlet 4, be the mechanism for being opened and closed outlet 4, which is set to The central portion of front surface door.In the cup type automatic vendor 1, when by collect money processing unit V confirm using cash, prepayment The gathering of card and when having carried out the selection of beverage by operating unit U, according to the instruction from control unit R, above-mentioned each machine Structure is acted in association, it would be desirable to beverage provided with the state for being packed into glass W.It being capable of taking by front surface door 3 Provided beverage is fetched into outside machine by exit mechanism S.

As shown in Figures 2 and 3, the top of front surface door 3 it is readily seen that and easily operated position be provided with operation Unit U.In operating unit U, title, the image etc. of provided beverage are shown, and be provided with corresponding operation inputting part U1.As operation inputting part U1, it is able to use touch panel, button switch.It is easy to grasp in the substantially central portion of front surface door 3 The position of work, which is provided with, takes out mouth mechanism S.Taking out mouth mechanism S is the part being fetched into outside machine for being loaded into the cup W of beverage. The position adjacent with mouth mechanism S is taken out is provided with gathering processing unit V.The processing unit V that collects money is amount of money display V1, coin Input port V2, coin return bar V3, bank note insert port V4, coin return bucket V5 etc. for carrying out awarding for debt between user The part received.

In the rear surface peripheral part of front surface door 3, it throughout complete cycle is provided with door spacer 5.In the case where closing door Thus the appropriate flexible deformation of door spacer 5 is contacted with pressure with apparatus casing 2, to become the gap between door body and apparatus casing 2 The state of sealing, therefore can prevent the foreign matters such as insect, dust from entering the inside of apparatus casing 2.

In the following, each mechanism part for constituting cup type automatic vendor 1 is successively described in detail.

Cup feed mechanism C is used to store multiple glasss of W in the inside of apparatus casing 2, on the other hand, in each marketing beverages Cup W is individually supplied to cup conveying mechanism H.Cup W is contained with the state for becoming cup column, this glass column are big measuring cup W with the court that is open On state stack made of.As the cup feed mechanism C of cup type automatic vendor 1, as shown in (d) of (a)~Fig. 4 of Fig. 4, There are single circular cup feed mechanism C-1, two kinds of circular cup feed mechanism C-2, the single-row cup feed mechanism C- of single circle+single 3, rectangular cup feed mechanism C-4 of single etc. is different according to quantity, the quantity of the type of cup W and cup incorporating section for the cup column stored Cup feed mechanism.In addition, the cup W as supply object is the general cup made of paper with circular cross section, with going Downwards and mode that shape becomes smaller is formed as cone cell, there is curled portion in the opening peripheral part of upper end.

Single circular cup feed mechanism C-1 is used to store a large amount of cup W of 1 type to be supplied, such as Fig. 5~Fig. 7 It is shown, have base portion C10, circular cup collector C20, fall a glass ring C30, driving device C40 (referring to Fig.1 0), cup supply control part (not shown) etc..Wherein, circular cup collector C20 circumferentially stores multiple glasss of column.In the following, for convenience's sake, if will storage The cup column that being accommodated in the cup column of circular cup collector C20 can be supplied to position are known as " sale cup column WK ", and other glasss are arranged Referred to as " preparation cup column WY ".

Base portion C10 is made of plastic formed products, has block-like appearance, and be formed as hollow form, following table Face is opened wide.As shown in fig. 6, base portion C10 has mounting surface C11 at an upper portion thereof and returns to member supporting face C12.Mounting surface C11 structure As the big circle in cross section than circular cup collector C20, for loading circular cup collector C20, and loads and be accommodated in this The preparation cup column WY of the inside of circular cup collector C20.Member supporting face C12 is returned to be set near the outer rim of mounting surface C11 Specified position, for aftermentioned return component C13 to be supported in a way freely spinning way.

In the center of mounting surface C11, be formed with it is penetrating through along the vertical direction, for by circular cup collector C20 and driving The connecting hole C14 of device C40 connection.In addition, being formed with the cup column penetrated through along the vertical direction in the specified position of mounting surface C11 Feed mouth C15.Cup column feeding mouth C15 is used to sell the maximum for falling a glass ring C30, having than cup W that cup column WK passes out to lower section The diameter of the big circle of diameter.Also, multiple (being in the example in the figures 3) annular protrusion C16 are formed in mounting surface C11, Multiple annular protrusion C16 is prominent a little upwards, is configured to concentric circles.These annular protrusions C16 is for making mounting surface C11 Be configured at prepared cup column WY undermost cup W between contact area reduce, frictional resistance is thus reduced, so that loading Prepared cup column WY is swimmingly conveyed on the C11 of face.

It returns to component C13 to be configured to engage with circular cup collector C20 or be detached from from circular cup collector C20, tool There are main part C13a, rotation axle portion C13b, pressing protrusion C13c.Main part C13a is made of plastic formed products, is in Provide the bulk of shape.Rotation axle portion C13b extended downward from main part C13a, be inserted into being had ampleness with from return structure The hole (not shown) that the mode that part bearing surface C12 is extended downward is formed.Protrusion C13c is pressed from main part C13a to circular cup The side collector C20 is prominent.In the state that main part C13a is placed in and returns on the C12 of member supporting face, the return component C13 energy It is enough to be pivoted about with rotating axle portion C13b.In addition, in the upper surface of main part C13a, identical as rotation axle portion C13b Axis on be provided with spring mountings C13d outstanding upwards.At spring mountings C13d, it is equipped with so as to return The torsion-coil spring C13e that the mode that component C13 is rotated in the counterclockwise direction exerts a force.

In addition, being provided with stop part C13f at the position returned near component C13 in the mounting surface C11 of base portion C10.Only Block piece C13f is abutted when returning to component C13 and being located at Fig. 5~position of readiness shown in Fig. 7 with return component C13, is returned for preventing Return the rotation of component C13 further in the counterclockwise direction.

Circular cup collector C20 has the cylindric shell C21 vertically extended and in shell C21 Portion vertically extends and is configured to radial multiple (in the example of diagram centered on the central axis of shell C21 It is 5 in son) demarcation plate C22.

Shell C21 has upper shell C21A and lower casing C21B, and the upper end for being configured to lower casing C21B is embedded into shell The state in the outside of the lower end of C21A.The upper ring C23 annular in shape when the upper end of upper shell C21A is provided with vertical view, at this The upper surface of upper ring C23 is equipped with top plate C24.It is equipped in the central portion of top plate C24 by the upper end of all demarcation plate C22 The upper connection apparatus C25 of inboard portion connection.In addition, the exterior portion of the upper end of all demarcation plate C22 is fixed on ring C23 Inner peripheral surface.

When lower casing C21B has cylindric main part C21Ba and the downside for being set to main part C21Ba, vertical view Lower ring C21Bb annular in shape.Main part C21Ba is located at the top of lower ring C21Bb, is configured to slide upwards.Thus, It, can be by sliding the main part C21Ba of lower casing C21B come in circle upwards when supplementing cup column to circular cup collector C20 The lower half of shape cup collector C20 is supplemented in the state of opening wide.

As shown in fig. 6, being provided in a way freely spinning way in the specified position of outer peripheral surface side multiple in lower ring C21Bb (being in the example in the figures 3) idler wheel C26.These idler wheels C26 is prominent few downwards for the lower end of lower ring C21Bb Perhaps.Thus, it is rolled on the mounting surface C11 of base portion C10 by these idler wheels C26, circular cup collector C20 can swimmingly revolve Turn.In addition, in the outer peripheral surface of lower ring C21Bb, being provided in specified position multiple (in diagram as shown in (b) of Fig. 6 and Fig. 7 It is 5 in example) rib C27.Rib C27 is protruded outward, and vertically extends specific length, can be with return component C13 Pressing protrusion C13c engaging or from return component C13 pressing protrusion C13c be detached from.These ribs C27 is set to and multiple separations The corresponding specified position plate C22.Also, all demarcation plate C22 are fixed on lower ring C21Bb by the exterior portion of lower end Inner peripheral surface.

As previously mentioned, multiple demarcation plate C22 be configured in shell C21 it is radial.As shown in (b) of Fig. 7, each demarcation plate C22 is formed as bending counterclockwise in radial central portion.By these demarcation plates C22, divided in the inside of shell C21 Out for storing multiple glasss of column incorporating sections of cup column.Specifically, at the position opposite with the cup of base portion C10 column feeding mouth C15, Mark off the sale cargo path CK for storing sale cup column WK.At the position opposite with the mounting surface C11 of base portion C10,4 are marked off A preparation cargo path CY for being used to store prepared cup column WY.

In addition, as shown in fig. 6, the inboard portion of the lower end of all demarcation plate C22 is used by the lower connection of regulation shape Tool C28 is concatenated.In the lower part of the lower connection apparatus C28, it is provided with the protruding portion C28a for extending downward specific length, at this The top of protruding portion C28a is formed with the fitting portion C28b of regulation shape.These protruding portions C28a and fitting portion C28b are had a surplus It is inserted into the connecting hole C14 of base portion C10, abundantly to be inserted in place the aftermentioned collector rotation structure in the lower section of connecting hole C14 The state of part C46 is chimeric with connecting hole C14.

The lower part that glass ring C30 is set to base portion C10 is fallen, is separated from sale cup column WK by undermost cup W.This falls a glass ring C30 has upper and lower ring shell C30a, C30b annular in shape when being formed as overlooking, and is configured to be located at cup column feeding mouth C15 just Lower section.A glass Inner peripheral portions of ring C30 are being fallen, multiple (being in the example in the figures 6) cup detaching cam C31 are set as with vertical It is rotated freely centered on axis.As shown in Figure 8 and Figure 9, cup detaching cam C31 has spiral helicine cam part in respective circumferential surface C31a, and in lower end there is gear part C31b, cup detaching cam C31 to be arranged in face of falling a glass inside of ring C30.

A glass inside of ring C30 is being fallen, at the position of the periphery as each glass of detaching cam C31, with the side rotated freely Rack gear C32 is arranged in formula.Gear ring C32 is annular in shape when being formed as overlooking, and has gear part C32a in inner peripheral portion, by gear part C32a is engaged with the gear part C31b of cup detaching cam C31 respectively.Gear although not expressing in figure, with gear ring C32 The cup detaching cam C31 of portion C32a engagement is configured to each cam part for cup arranges the central axis of feeding mouth C15 C31a is identical direction.In gear ring C32, peripheral part by fall glass outside of ring C30 it is outstanding in a manner of be provided with drive rod C33。

As shown in Figure 10, upper hopper chute C34 and gliding groove C35 are provided with falling a glass ring C30.Upper hopper chute C34 will be for that will be inserted Enter to the sale cup column WK that cup arranges feeding mouth C15 and guide to a glass ring C30 is fallen, upper hopper chute C34 is in arrange feeding mouth C15 with cup to be connected to It is cylindric.Gliding groove C35 is used to that glass ring C30 will to be fallen and guides from the cup W that sale cup column WK is separated to lower section, gliding groove C35 structure As cylindrical shape.

It is provided with that cup sells out detection bar C36 and cup sells out detection switch C37 on the top of upper hopper chute C34, in gliding groove C35 Lower part be provided with cup and fall detection sensor C38.Cup sell out detection bar C36 from the outside of upper hopper chute C34 with go inwardly and The state leant forward and down is prominent, is supported in a way freely spinning way by upper end.It, should although not expressing in figure Cup is sold out detection bar C36 and is configured to: the quantity for the cup W for being accommodated in sale cargo path CK become specified quantity (such as 5) with Under situation and be accommodated in sale cargo path CK cup W quantity more than specified quantity the case where between, which sells out detection bar C36 Tilt angle it is different.Cup sells out detection switch C37 and sells out detection bar C36's with cup to cup supply control part (not shown) output The corresponding signal of tilt angle.Cup falls detection sensor C38 and is examined in the case where cup W passes through the inside of gliding groove C35 It surveys signal and is output to a glass supply control part (not shown).Detection sensor C38 is fallen as cup, by gliding groove C35 The position setting light-emitting component C38a and light receiving element C38b toward each other of end falls detection sensor to constitute the cup C38.That is, constituting cup as follows falls detection sensor C38: what is irradiated from light-emitting component C38a to light receiving element C38b In the case that light is blocked, is detected signal and be output to a glass supply control part (not shown).

Driving device C40 is for driving circular cup collector C20 and falling a glass ring C30, and driving device C40 is base portion C10's Inside has motor C41, gear-box C42, output shaft C43, driving gear C44, rotary body C45.Motor C41 being capable of basis Instruction from cup supply control part (not shown) to rotate along forward and reverse.Gear-box C42 is built-in with reducing gear train, with Motor C41 connection.Output shaft C43 is vertically extended, from protruding up and down for gear-box C42.Drive gear C44 for pair Circular cup collector C20 carries out rotation driving, links with the upper end of output shaft C43.Driving gear C44 is through not shown Defined first one-way clutch to link with output shaft C43.Such as only motor C41 along rotate in the forward direction, thus output shaft When C43 is rotated in a clockwise direction, the first one-way clutch makes to drive gear C44 and output shaft C43 integrally along side clockwise To rotation.That is, first is single in the case where the edge motor C41 reversely rotates, thus output shaft C43 is rotated in the counterclockwise direction The rotation of output shaft C43 driving gear C44 is not transmitted to clutch.Thus, it is rotated in the counterclockwise direction in output shaft C43 In the case where, driving gear C44 does not rotate.In addition, driving gear C44 is revolved with the collector for being linked to circular cup collector C20 Turn the gear part C46a engagement of component C46.

Collector rotating member C46 is rotatably freely supported on the inside of base portion C10 centered on vertical axes, has upper The gear part C46a that the states and fitting portion C46b that the top of gear part C46a is formed in regulation shape.In circular cup collector In the state that C20 is placed on base portion C10, it is set to the fitting portion C28b of the lower connection apparatus C28 of circular cup collector C20 Linked with the fitting portion C46b of collector rotating member C46 with mutually chimeric state.Thus, collector rotating member C46 with Circular cup collector C20 integrally rotates.When the driving gear C44 by being rotated in a clockwise direction is come to collector rotation structure When part C46 carries out rotation driving in the counterclockwise direction, circular cup collector C20 is also rotated in the counterclockwise direction therewith.

Rotary body C45 falls a glass ring C30 for driving, and links with the lower end of output shaft C43.Rotary body C45 is formed as In with the disk-shaped of defined diameter when vertical view, the center portion thereof through not shown defined second one-way clutch come with it is defeated Shaft C43 connection.Such as only when the edge motor C41 reversely rotates, thus output shaft C43 is rotated in the counterclockwise direction, second One-way clutch is rotated in the counterclockwise direction rotary body C45 integrally with output shaft C43.That is, being revolved in motor C41 along forward direction Turn, in the case that thus output shaft C43 is rotated in a clockwise direction, the second one-way clutch does not pass the rotation of output shaft C43 It is delivered to rotary body C45.Thus, in the case where output shaft C43 is rotated in a clockwise direction, rotary body C45 does not rotate.

In the bottom surface of rotary body C45, engaging protrusion C45a outstanding downwards is provided near outer rim.In rotary body The downside of C45 is falling near glass outer rim of ring C30 the sliding part C47 for being provided with along prescribed direction and horizontally sliding freely.? Sliding part C47 is formed with long hole C47a.The engaging protrusion C45a of the rotary body C45 sliding freely long hole with sliding part C47 C47a engaging.In addition, being provided with linking part C47b in sliding part C47.Linking part C47b is extended downward from sliding part C47, with The drive rod C33 connection being arranged at the gear ring C32 for falling glass ring C30.

In driving device C40, by 1 circle of rotary body C45 rotation, sliding part C47 is to fall a glass periphery side of ring C30 The mode moved back and forth upwards is slided.When sliding part C47 is moved back and forth, gear ring C32 reciprocating rotary, multiple glasss of separation are convex therewith Take turns C31 synchronously reciprocating rotary in the range of predetermined angular.As a result, as shown in figure 11, it is configured at the most lower of sale cup column WK The cup W1 of layer is separated.That is, being configured at the curling of the upper end of the undermost cup W1 of sale cup column WK as shown in (a) of Figure 11 Portion is placed in a glass upper end of detaching cam C31, and the cup W for thus selling cup column WK will not fall downwards and be accommodated in circular cup The sale cargo path CK of collector C20.When glass detaching cam C31 rotates from the state, such as (b) of Figure 11 and (c) of Figure 11 Shown, by being formed as the effect of spiral helicine cam part C31a, undermost cup W1 is depressed downwards and is arranged from sale cup WK separation arranges feeding mouth C15 from cup and drops to lower section.At the same time, it is stacked on the curled portion of undermost upper one layer of cup W2 It is abutted with cup detaching cam C31, again the state as (a) of Figure 11.Hereafter, above-mentioned movement is repeated, makes to be stacked in The cup W of sale cup column WK drops to lower section one by one.

In the following, 2~Figure 14 illustrates the movement of above-mentioned single circular cup feed mechanism C-1 referring to Fig.1.(a) of Figure 12 Following state is shown: being accommodated with sale cup column WK in the sale cargo path CK of circular cup collector C20, and in 4 pre- stocks Prepared cup column WY is accommodated in road CY respectively.The sale cup column WK of sale cargo path CK is in through-cup column feeding mouth C15 to be inserted into To falling a glass state for the inside of ring C30.The preparation cup column WY of preparation cargo path CY, which is respectively at by undermost cup W, to be placed in The state of mounting surface C11.

When from the state for example by by user by select button come the control unit R to cup type automatic vendor 1 When providing sale instruction, from control unit R offer cup supply instruction (not shown) to cup supply control part.When to cup supply control part When (not shown) provides cup supply instruction, for the motor C41 of driving device C40 along reversely rotating, rotary body C45 rotates 1 circle, Thus a glass ring C30 is fallen to be driven.Undermost cup W1 is isolated from sale cup column WK as a result, to be supplied to via gliding groove C35 Lower section.Although at this point, due to the reversed rotation of motor C41 and the output shaft C43 of driving device C40 revolves in the counterclockwise direction Turn, but power transmitting is cancelled by the first one-way clutch, driving gear C44 will not rotate.Thus, it is nibbled with driving gear C44 The collector rotating member C46 of conjunction will not rotate, and will not revolve via the circular cup collector C20 of lower connection apparatus C28 connection Turn.

Detection sensor C38 is fallen by cup to detect from whether the cup W that sale cup column WK is separated has passed through gliding groove C35's Lower end.In the case where passing through of glass W is confirmed falling detection sensor C38 by cup, is judged as the confession for normally having carried out cup W It gives, next glass of supply to be received is waited to instruct.In contrast, generating that the midway cup W blocking etc. is abnormal and cup falls detection sensing Device C38 it is unconfirmed go out the passing through of cup W in the case where, such as exception produced by cup supply control part (not shown) Lai Tongzhi, The sale of beverage stops.

When the cup W of sale cup column WK is reduced, to be sold in cup column WK as shown in (b) of Figure 12 no longer in the presence of than base When the cup column of portion C10 feed mouth C15 upper cup W, detection switch C37 is sold out by cup and detects the situation, is detected letter Number provide arrive cup supply control part (not shown).When from cup sell out detection switch C37 provide detection signal when, according to come from cup The instruction of supply control part (not shown), the motor C41 of driving device C40 is along rotating in the forward direction, to the edge circular cup collector C20 Counterclockwise carry out rotation driving.Although at this point, due to motor C41 positive rotation and driving device C40 output Axis C43 is rotated in a clockwise direction, but power transmitting is cancelled by the second one-way clutch, and rotary body C45 will not rotate.Cause And the cup W of sale cup column WK will not be separated by falling glass ring C30.

(c) of Figure 12 shows circular cup collector C20 and starts the state being rotated in the counterclockwise direction.When circular cup is stored When device C20 rotates, it is located at the rib C27 near the pressing protrusion C13c for returning to component C13 originally and engages with pressing protrusion C13c To be pressed.Component C13 is returned as a result, resists the force of torsion-coil spring C13e to be rotated in a clockwise direction.

When circular cup collector C20 is further rotated in the counterclockwise direction from the state, as shown in (a) of Figure 13, Originally the rib C27 engaged with the pressing protrusion C13c for returning to component C13 is detached from from the pressing protrusion C13c, and engaging is released from.By This, returns to component C13 and is rotated in the counterclockwise direction by the force of torsion-coil spring C13e, abut and with stop part C13f It is restored to the position of readiness of script.When circular cup collector C20 is further rotated in the counterclockwise direction, pass through each demarcation plate C22 conveys prepared cup column WY, be located at originally the preparation cup column WY before closely selling cargo path CK reach base portion C10 cup arrange to It send on mouthful C15.Later, the preparation cup column WY for reaching cup column feeding mouth C15 arranges feeding mouth via cup as shown in (b) of Figure 13 C15 is fallen, and stacks on the remaining cup W of institute thereunder, sale cup column WK is constituted together with this glass of W.

In this case, when by cup sell out detection switch C37 detect sale cup column WK cup W have turned into specified quantity with When upper, the motor C41 of driving device C40 stops, and the circular cup collector C20 of rotation also stops originally.Cup column are prepared as a result, WY is completed to the placement that cup arranges feeding mouth C15.Later, carry out sale, become specified quantity or less in the cup W of sale cup column WK When, as described above, other preparation cup column WY are transported to the cup column feeding side mouth C15 successively to be placed on this.

(a) of Figure 14 shows following state: circular cup collector C20 is for stop position appropriate along the inverse time Needle direction excessively have rotated be placed in a little cup column feeding mouth C15 sale cup column WK upper hopper chute is pressed on by demarcation plate C22 C34 etc..In this case, in the same manner as (c) of Figure 12, rib C27 engages to carry out with the pressing protrusion C13c for returning to component C13 Pressing is thereby returned to component C13 and resists the force of torsion-coil spring C13e to be rotated in a clockwise direction.

In the case where sale cup column WK presses on upper hopper chute C34 etc. by demarcation plate C22, it is hanging for selling cup column WK sometimes State, can not via cup arrange feeding mouth C15 by sell cup column WK be sent to lower section fall a glass ring C30.However, according to above-mentioned single Circular cup feed mechanism C-1, when the electricity for separating undermost cup W1 and driving device C40 from sale cup column WK in sale When motivation C41 is rotated in the counterclockwise direction along reverse rotation, output shaft C43, by the first one-way clutch, allow to drive gear C44 rotates counterclockwise relative to output shaft C43.The collector engaged with driving gear C44 is also allowed to rotate structure as a result, The rotation of part C46 clockwise.That is, coming and storage when driving falls glass ring C30 via lower connection apparatus C28 The circular cup collector C20 of device rotating member C46 connection can rotate clockwise in the non-loaded state.

Thus, in the state that (a) of Figure 14 is shown, a glass ring C30 is fallen driving by motor C41 reverse rotation When, by the force of torsion-coil spring C13e, returns to component C13 and be rotated in the counterclockwise direction, thus it presses protrusion C13c Press engaged rib C27.As a result, as shown in (b) of Figure 14, circular cup collector C20 is rotated in a clockwise direction a little, is returned Defined appropriate location is returned to, demarcation plate C22 is eliminated the pressing state of sale cup column WK.

As described in detail above, according to single circular cup feed mechanism C-1, even if in sale cup column In the case where the state that WK is pressed by demarcation plate C22, also circular cup collector C20 can be made to return by returning to component C13 To defined appropriate location, the pressing state of above-mentioned sale cup column WK is thus eliminated.In addition, because to circular cup collector The operator of C20 supplement cup W touch circular cup collector C20 etc. after its operation and in the cup for being placed in base portion C10 arrange to When the state for sending the sale cup column WK of mouthful C15 to be pressed by demarcation plate C22, similarly pin can be eliminated by returning to component C13 Sell the pressing state of cup column WK.As described above, it according to above-mentioned single circular cup feed mechanism C-1, can reliably eliminate The state that sale cup column WK is pressed by demarcation plate C22, so as to ensure the stable supply of glass W.

Two kinds of circular cup feed mechanism C-2 can store a large amount of cup W of 2 types of different sizes respectively to be supplied It gives, as shown in Figure 15 and Figure 16, two kinds of circular cup feed mechanism C-2 are configured to have 2 circular cup storages on base portion C10 Device C20.Each circular cup collector C20 has same with circular cup collector shown in single circular cup feed mechanism C-1 Structure.On the other hand, it is provided in base portion C10 for each circular cup collector C20 and independent falls glass a ring C30, driving device C40.About cup supply control part (not shown), independent cup supply control can be both set for each circular cup collector C20 Portion processed, the cup supply control part (not shown) that can also be shared for 2 circular cup collector C20 settings.

In two kinds of circular cup feed mechanism C-2, by by user by select button come to cup type automatic selling In the case that the control unit R of cargo aircraft 1 provides sale instruction, supplied from control unit R offer cup (not shown) to cup supply control part To instruction.For example, the case where being provided with independent cup supply control part (not shown) for each circular cup collector C20 Under, based on the information related with the size of cup W for including in sale instruction, from control unit R to the cup W for being accommodated with the size met Circular cup collector C20 offer cup (not shown) the supply instruction of cup supply control part.

On the other hand, in the feelings for being provided with shared cup supply control part (not shown) for 2 circular cup collector C20 Under condition, as long as the cup supply instruction provided from control unit R is made to include information related with the size for the cup W to be supplied.Quilt The cup supply control part (not shown) of cup supply instruction is provided according to the letter related with the size of cup W for including in cup supply instruction Breath, implements the supply action of glass W using the circular cup collector C20 for the cup W for being accommodated with the size met as object.

It as described above, can be using greatly according to the cup type automatic vendor 1 for having two kinds of circular cup feed mechanism C-2 The cup W of small 2 different types provides beverage.In addition, by the supply action of each circular cup collector C20 cup W implemented It is identical as the supply action illustrated in single circular cup feed mechanism C-1, therefore omit respective detailed description.In addition, 2 In a circular cup collector C20, different size of cup W may not be stored, also the cup W of same size can be accommodated in each circle It is used in cup collector C20.

As shown in Figure 17 and Figure 18, the single-row cup feed mechanism C-3 of single circle+single is above-mentioned two kinds of circular cups supply A circular cup collector C20 of mechanism C-2 becomes made of single-row cup collector C20 '.Single-row cup collector C20 ' is along upper The Inner Constitution of the shell C21 ' for the square tube shape that lower direction extends only stores the sale cargo path CK of sale cup column WK.In base portion C10, It is provided with for circular cup collector C20 and single-row cup collector C20 ' and independent falls a glass ring C30, driving device C40.About cup Supply control part (not shown) can both be supplied for circular cup collector C20 and the independent cup of single-row cup collector C20 ' setting It, also can be for circular cup collector C20 and single-row cup collector C20 ' setting shared cup supply control part (not to control unit Diagram).

In the single-row cup feed mechanism C-3 of the single circle+single, by by user by select button come to cup In the case that the control unit R of formula automatic vending machine 1 provides sale instruction, from control unit R to cup supply control part (not shown) Cup supply instruction is provided.For example, being provided with independent cup supply for circular cup collector C20 and single-row cup collector C20 ' In the case where control unit (not shown), based on the information related with the size of cup W for including in sale instruction, from R pairs of control unit The cup supply control part for being accommodated with the circular cup collector C20 and single-row cup collector C20 ' of the cup W of the size met (is not schemed Show) cup supply instruction is provided.

On the other hand, shared cup supply control is being provided with for circular cup collector C20 and single-row cup collector C20 ' In the case where portion (not shown) processed, as long as there is the cup supply instruction provided from control unit R comprising the size with the cup W to be supplied The information of pass.Be provided cup supply instruction cup supply control part (not shown) according to cup supply instruction in include with cup Cup collector C20, the C20 ' of the cup W for being accommodated with the size met are implemented a glass W as object by the related information of the size of W Supply action.

As described above, according to the cup type automatic vendor 1 for having the single-row cup feed mechanism C-3 of single circle+single, energy Enough beverage is provided using the cup W of 2 types of different sizes.In addition, by each glass of collector C20, the cup W of C20 ' implementation Supply action is identical as the supply action illustrated in single circular cup feed mechanism C-1, therefore omits respective detailed description. But single-row cup collector C20 ' is only accommodated with sale cup column WK internal, therefore detects a glass W selling out detection switch by cup The time point sold out, the supply of cup W terminates.Thus it is preferred that notice does not have cup in the inside of single-row cup collector C20 ' W.In addition, different size of cup W may not be stored in circular cup collector C20 and single-row cup collector C20 ', it also can be by phase Cup W with size is accommodated in each glass of collector and uses.

The rectangular cup feed mechanism C-4 of single stores a large amount of of 1 type in the same manner as single circular cup feed mechanism C-1 Cup W supplied, as shown in Figure 19~Figure 21, single rectangular cup feed mechanism C-4 has base portion C50, the storage of rectangular cup Device C60, a glass ring C30, driving device C70 (referring to Figure 23), cup supply control part (not shown) are fallen etc..Wherein, rectangular cup storage Multiple glasss of column are accommodated 1 row along straight line by device C60.In the example in the figures, it is configured to the size of storage 3 cups column.

The mounting surface C51 of base portion C50 is configured to a circle bigger than the cross section of rectangular cup collector C60, has in central portion Cup column feeding mouth C52.That is, being marked off in the rectangular cup feed mechanism C-4 of the single in the central portion of rectangular cup collector C60 For storing the sale cargo path CK of sale cup column WK, the preparation cargo path CY for storing prepared cup column WY is marked off in its two sides. Be disposed in the inside of cup column feeding mouth C52 fall glass ring C30 have with single circular cup feed mechanism C-1 to fall glass ring identical Structure.

It is to carry out bending by the metal plate to regulation shape that rectangular cup collector C60, which has outer wall C61, outer wall C61, Processing etc. and formed.Outer wall C61 has the back wall portion C61a that front shape is lengthwise rectangle and from back wall portion C61a's Left and right end portions are bent to the sidewall portion C61b extended behind right angle to front, are in open wide when outer wall C61 is formed as overlooking forwards U-shaped.In outer wall C61, upper lid C62 is installed in a manner of covering its top part and front surface top.In upper lid C62 is equipped with the front surface cover C63 being made of transparent thin slice in lower front surface portion in a manner of hanging down.It can roll Front surface cover C63 will store cup column in the state of the front surface opened of rectangular cup collector C60.

In addition, being internally provided with backstop stick C64 and cup column supplementary device C80 in rectangular cup collector C60.Backstop stick C64 limitation is accommodated in the limit level of the cup column of rectangular cup collector C60, and plays stopping as aftermentioned support stick C83 The effect of block piece, backstop stick C64 are arranged to horizontally extend between the sidewall portion C61b of left and right.Cup column supplementary device C80 is used In making appointing in prepared cargo path CY when the quantity of cup W for being accommodated in sale cargo path CK becomes specified quantity (such as 5) below One preparation cup column WY stored is moved to sale cargo path CK, and cup column supplementary device C80 is configured to bilateral symmetry.In the following, About cup column supplementary device C80, it is illustrated centered on the cup column supplementary device on right side.

As shown in Figure 19~Figure 21, cup column supplementary device C80 has push rod C81, bottom guide C82, support stick C83.

Push rod C81 keeps prepared cup column WY mobile by pressing preparation cup column WY to sale cargo path CK, and push rod C81 is to pass through Bending Processing etc. is carried out to metal bar to be formed as regulation shape.Specifically, having the main part vertically extended What C81a and being bent to from the upper and lower end of main part C81a was rearward horizontally extended in parallel to each other behind right angle Upper interconnecting piece C81b and lower interconnecting piece C81c, is formed as U-shaped.Relative to the backstop stick C64 in rectangular cup collector C60 Speech, push rod C81 are configured to that main part C81a is located at front side, upper interconnecting piece C81b is located at upside.

Main part C81a has for the distance between top surface of the mounting surface C51 of base portion C50 and upper lid C62 The length of short fraction of degree.In addition, upper interconnecting piece C81b has specific length, top end part is bent to right angle upwards, revolves Turn to be supported on the bearing C84 for being installed on upper lid C62 freely.On the other hand, lower interconnecting piece C81c has and upper interconnecting piece The identical length of C81b, the bending part C81d extended after its top end part is provided with and is bent to right angle downwards.The bending part C81d penetrates through base portion C50, and and base portion in the part that the ratio of base portion C50 loads preparation cup column WY at the fraction of position of rear side Driving device C70 connection in C50.The push rod C81 constituted as described above is to pass through upper interconnecting piece C81b and lower interconnecting piece Centered on the vertical axes of the top end part of C81c, specifically centered on bending part C81d, in position of readiness and supplementary view Between rotate freely, wherein the position of readiness be main part C81a be located at preparation the side cargo path CY when position (Figure 19~Figure 21 etc. Shown in position), the supplementary view be main part C81a be located at sale the side cargo path CK, will preparation cup column WY add to sale cargo path Position (position shown in (b) of Figure 25) when CK.

Bottom guide C82 is used to support the bottom of prepared cup column WY, and keeps the posture one of preparation cup column WY on one side While preparation cup column WY, which is directed to sale cargo path CK, bottom guide C82, is set to the rear portion of base portion C50, from rear in face of carrying Face C51 is set, and is configured at the downside of the lower interconnecting piece C81c of push rod C81.Bottom guide C82 be it is made of plastics at Shape product are formed as the shape of center portion bending as shown in figure 22.The medial surface of bottom guide C82 is formed as circular arc Shape, curvature are more a little greatly than the bottom of cup W, and smaller than the opening portion of cup W.In addition, being arranged in the left side of bottom guide C82 There is guiding piece wall portion C82a.Guiding piece wall portion C82a is formed as higher than the right side of bottom guide C82.On the other hand, the bottom of at The right side of portion guiding piece C82 is provided with engaging protuberances C82b outstanding upwards in its top end part.The engaging protuberances C82b In the right side of the lower interconnecting piece C81c of push rod C81, and there is the height that can be abutted from right with the lower interconnecting piece C81c.Separately Outside, it is formed with the yielding slot C82c that plan view shape is rearward open U-shaped in the central portion of bottom guide C82, passed through The yielding slot C82c, bottom guide C82 do not generate interference to the bending part C81d of push rod C81.Also, in bottom guide C82 is formed with the hole C82d penetrated through along the vertical direction in the left for making a concession slot C82c.It is through at the C82d of the hole from aftermentioned The bending part C83d that the top end part of the lower interconnecting piece C83c of support stick C83 extends after bending downwards.Thus, bottom guide C82 is rotated freely centered on bending part C83d.

Support stick C83 is used to thus keep the posture of preparation cup column WY, branch from sale cargo path CK side bearing preparation cup column WY It is roughly the same with push rod C81 to support stick C83, there is main part C83a, upper interconnecting piece C83b, lower interconnecting piece C83c and bending part C83d.In addition, support stick C83 is located at the rear side for being set to the backstop stick C64 of inside of rectangular cup collector C60.

Main part C83a has the length roughly the same with the main part C81a of push rod C81, on the other hand, upper interconnecting piece C83b and lower interconnecting piece C83c is shorter than the upper interconnecting piece C81b of push rod C81 and lower interconnecting piece C81c.In addition, upper interconnecting piece C83b Top end part is bent to right angle upwards, and upper interconnecting piece C83b is supported in a way freely spinning way by bearing C84 from push rod C81 The top end part of upper interconnecting piece C81b deviate fraction of position to the left.Spring (not shown), the bullet are built-in in bearing C84 Spring exerts a force to support stick C83 for the counter clockwise direction in Figure 21.On the other hand, lower interconnecting piece C83c is located at bottom guide The back side of the guiding piece wall portion C82a of C82.The bending part C83d bent downwards from the top end part of lower interconnecting piece C83c is to pass through The state in the hole of logical bottom guide C82 is rotatably freely supported on base portion C50.

The support stick C83 constituted as described above is across the lead of the top end part of upper interconnecting piece C83b and lower interconnecting piece C83c Centered on straight axis, specifically rotated freely centered on bending part C83d.In addition, as shown in Figure 19~Figure 21, it is standby The main part C83a of the support stick C83 of state be located between sale cargo path CK and preparation cargo path CY close to backstop stick C64 and pin Sell the position of cup column WK.More specifically, the main part C83a of the support stick C83 of standby mode is located at the rear side of backstop stick C64 And sell the oblique rear side of cup column WK.In addition, as described later, when supplementing preparation cup column WY to sale cargo path CK, the main part C83a is pressed against preparation cup column WY, thus up time of the support stick C83 on right side centered on bending part C83d in Figure 21 Needle direction rotates, and the support stick C83 in left side is rotated in the counterclockwise direction.

In addition, the support stick C83 of left and right, which is also played, prevents from being accommodated in the sale cup column WK for selling cargo path CK in the lateral direction Inclined effect.For example, even if being tilted, being abutted with the support stick C83 on right side to the branch to the right due to sale cup column WK In the case that support stick C83 is rotated in the counterclockwise direction, support stick C83 can also be abutted with backstop stick C64, thus its further rotation Turn to be prevented from.About this point, the support stick C83 in left side is also same.In this way, being prevented by the support stick C83 of left and right Sale cup column WK is tilted in the lateral direction, therefore can stably keep sale cup column WK for vertical posture.Thus, it is possible to It avoids undesirable condition caused by interfering with each other due to sale cup column WK and preparation cup column WY, for example sell the supply of cup column WK not It is good, so as to ensure the stable supply of glass W.

Figure 23 shows the driving device C70 driven to the cup column supplementary device C80 for falling glass ring C30 and left and right.It should Driving device C70 has the motor C71 as driving source, and has rotary driving part C710 and sliding equipment portion C720, should Rotary driving part C710 is substantially carried out spinning movement by being driven by motor C71, and sliding equipment portion C720 passes through The portion C710 of being driven in rotation drives to carry out sliding action in the lateral direction.

Rotary driving part C710 has driving body C711 and 3 swivel plate C712, and driving body C711 is by gear-box C74 It is driven, thus rotate and goes up and down by motor C71, it is a certain in 3 swivel plate C712 by the rotation of driving body C711 It is a to be driven in rotation.It is circular eccentric cam C711a that driving body C711, which has plan view shape,.Although omitting about driving body The explanation of the detailed configuration of C711, but when motor C71 is rotated along prescribed direction, driving body C711 in (b) of Figure 23 It is such as rotated in the counterclockwise direction, thus eccentric cam C711a is gone up and down.On the other hand, motor C71 along with it is above-mentioned contrary Direction when rotating, driving body C711 is rotated in a clockwise direction, and eccentric cam C711a is also rotated in a clockwise direction therewith.

3 swivel plate C712 are arranged to aftermentioned 3 sliding panels C721A, C721B, C721C with sliding equipment portion C720 It is corresponding.These swivel plates C712 is mutually the same, is formed as the regulation shape extended along the longitudinal direction, and be configured to heap each other It is folded.In addition, the fulcrum C713 perforation that each swivel plate C712 is extended in front end from the lower section of base portion C50 upwards, with this It is rotated freely centered on fulcrum C713.

Sliding equipment portion C720 has: extend in left-right direction and be configured to overlie one another 3 sliding panel C721A, C721B,C721C；Engage with its sliding panel (hereinafter referred to as " top plate C721A ") at the middle and upper levels and for the cup on the right side of driving The right sliding part C722 of the push rod C81 of column supplementary device C80；And sliding panel (hereinafter referred to as " the middle plate with middle layer C721B ") engaging and the left sliding part C723 of push rod C81 etc. for the cup column supplementary device C80 on the left of drive.Under in addition, Layer sliding panel (hereinafter referred to as " lower plywood C721C ") for drive falls a glass ring C30, the drive rod C724 extended downward with fall The gear ring C32 connection of cup ring C30.

Upper layer, middle layer and lower plywood C721A, C721B, C721C all have it is penetrating through along the vertical direction, prolong in left-right direction The long hole C725 for stretching specific length is exerted a force by long hole C725 by force application mechanism C726 to the left.Force application mechanism C726 packet Include: horizon bar C727 is configured at the top of top plate C721A in a manner of horizontally extending in the lateral direction, is supported In the inside of base portion C50；Sliding part C728 is arranged along horizon bar C727 and slides freely；And helical spring C729, It is installed on horizon bar C727, exerts a force to the left to sliding part C728.In sliding part C728, it is provided with and extends downward and run through The through-Penetration portion C728a of the long hole C725 on upper layer, middle layer and lower plywood C721A, C721B, C721C.The standby shape shown in Figure 23 Under state, the through-Penetration portion C728a of sliding part C728 is located near the left inside wall of long hole C725.

Right sliding part C722 is formed as the regulation shape extended in left-right direction, has in the right part of upper surface along left and right The through-Penetration portion C722a of direction extension specific length.In addition, being provided with and above-mentioned through-Penetration portion in the upside of right sliding part C722 The pinion gear C730 of C722a engagement, pinion gear C730 are arranged to rotate freely centered on vertical axes.In the pinion gear The top of C730 is provided with opening, the slot C730a that plan view shape is crosswise upwards.It is mended moreover, the cup on above-mentioned right side arranges It fills and sets the bending part C81d of the push rod C81 of C80 and be fixed with the state for being embedded in slot C730a.In addition, in right sliding part C722's is internally provided with spring C731, is exerted a force to the left by spring C731 to right sliding part C722.Pinion gear as a result, C730 is the state to be exerted a force in the counterclockwise direction, thus, be fixed on pinion gear C730 push rod C81 it is flat when for along counterclockwise The state that direction is exerted a force.

On the other hand, left sliding part C723 is formed as the regulation shape extended in left-right direction, with above-mentioned right sliding part C722 is in front and back and bilateral symmetry, has rack gear C723a in the left part of upper surface.Rack gear C723a is nibbled with pinion gear C733 It closes, the bending part C81d of the push rod C81 of the cup column supplementary device C80 in left side is to be embedded in the state quilt of the slot C733a of crosswise It is fixed.It is applied to the left in addition, left sliding part C723 also in the same manner as right sliding part C722, is arranged at its internal spring C732 Power.Pinion gear C733 is the state to be exerted a force along clockwise direction as a result, thus, it is fixed on the left side of pinion gear C733 Push rod C81 is also the state to be exerted a force along clockwise direction.

Here, the movement for the driving device C70 that explanation is constituted as described above.When motor C71 work, along prescribed direction When rotation, driving body C711 is rotated in the counterclockwise direction, and thus eccentric cam C711a is gone up and down.

For example, eccentric cam C711a stops into the rotation being located at lower layer to falling a glass ring C30 and driving The identical height of rotating plate C712.Later, the edge motor C71 is rotated with above-mentioned contrary direction, thus the edge driving body C711 It is rotated clockwise 1 circle, eccentric cam C711a also enclose in same direction by rotation 1 therewith.In this case, eccentric cam C711a presses the swivel plate C712 of lower layer to the right, thus swivel plate C712 centered on fulcrum C713 along clockwise direction Rotation resists the force of force application mechanism C726 to press lower plywood C721C to the right.Lower plywood C721C is slided to the right as a result, It is dynamic.In addition, at this point, the through-Penetration portion C728a of the sliding part C728 of force application mechanism C726 is by a left side of the long hole C725 of lower plywood C721C Inner wall pressing, sliding part C728 are slided to the right.In addition, when the rotation of eccentric cam C711a is more than half-turn, originally to the right The lower plywood C721C just slided is pressed by its long hole C725 by the sliding part C728 of force application mechanism C726, to slide to the left It is dynamic, back to original position.By the reciprocating movement of the left and right directions of this lower plywood C721C, a glass gear ring of ring C30 is fallen C32 is circumferentially moved back and forth.All glasss of detaching cam C31 are synchronously after prescribed direction rotation predetermined angular along anti-as a result, To rotation, back to original position.As described above, it falls a glass ring C30 to be driven, thus be isolated from sale cup column WK most lower The cup W1 of layer is transported to lower section.

In addition, eccentric cam C711a is gone up and down in the case where the cup column supplementary device C80 to right side drives, Stop into and is located at height identical with the swivel plate C712 on upper layer.Later, eccentric in the same manner as the case where glass ring C30 is fallen with driving 1 circle of cam C711a rotation resists the force of force application mechanism C726 as a result, by the swivel plate C712 on upper layer to press to the right Top plate C721A.Top plate C721A is slided to the right as a result, and resists the force of spring C731 to press right sliding part C722 slides right sliding part C722 to the right.In this way, right sliding part C722 is slided to the right, thus nibbled with through-Penetration portion C722a The pinion gear C730 of conjunction is rotated in a clockwise direction predetermined angular.In addition, when the rotation of eccentric cam C711a is more than half-turn, Top plate C721A is pressed by the sliding part C728 of force application mechanism C726, is thus slided to the left, back to original position.With It, right sliding part C722 is slided to the left by the force of spring C731, back to original position, and pinion gear C730 It is rotated in the counterclockwise direction, back to original position.It is small by the reciprocating movement of the left and right directions of this right sliding part C722 Gear C 730 circumferentially moves back and forth.The push rod C81 of the cup column supplementary device C80 on right side rotates to benefit from position of readiness as a result, Position is filled, later, along reversely rotating, returns to position of readiness.That is, push rod C81 using the power of motor C71 come into Rotation of the row from position of readiness to supplementary view is carried out using the force of spring C731 from supplementary view to the extensive of position of readiness Multiple rotation.As described above, the cup column supplementary device C80 on right side is driven, thus the preparation cup in the preparation cargo path CY on right side Column WY is added sale cargo path CK.

Also, in the case where the cup column supplementary device C80 to left side drives, eccentric cam C711a is gone up and down, Stop into and is located at height identical with the swivel plate C712 in middle layer.Later, in the same manner as above-mentioned situation, eccentric cam C711a 1 circle of rotation resists the force of force application mechanism C726 as a result, by the swivel plate C712 in middle layer to press middle plate to the right C721B.Middle plate C721B is slided to the right as a result, and resists the force of spring C732 to press left sliding part C723, is made Left sliding part C723 is slided to the right.In this way, left sliding part C723 is slided to the right, the small tooth thus engaged with rack gear C723a Wheel C733 is rotated in the counterclockwise direction predetermined angular.In addition, when the rotation of eccentric cam C711a is more than half-turn, with top plate The case where C721A, similarly middle plate C721B was slided to the left, back to original position.Therewith, left sliding part C723 is logical It crosses the force of spring C732 and slides to the left, back to original position, and pinion gear C733 is rotated in a clockwise direction, Back to original position.By the reciprocating movement of the left and right directions of this left sliding part C723, pinion gear C733 is circumferentially past It is multiple mobile.The push rod of the cup column supplementary device C80 of the push rod C81 and right side above-mentioned of the cup column supplementary device C80 in left side as a result, Similarly, after rotating to supplementary view from position of readiness, position of readiness is returned to.As described above, the cup in left side, which arranges, mends It fills and sets C80 and driven, thus the preparation cup column WY in the preparation cargo path CY in left side is added sale cargo path CK.

As shown in figure 23, it is also provided in upper hopper chute C34 for selling out cup in the rectangular cup feed mechanism C-4 of the single The cup of detection switch C37 work sells out detection bar C36.

It is dynamic that Figure 24 and Figure 25 shows the supplement for supplementing preparation cup column WY to sale cargo path CK from the preparation cargo path CY on right side Make.In addition, as shown in (a) of Figure 24, push rod C81 is located at position of readiness, thus under the standby mode before supplement movement starts Its main part C81a is located at the right of preparation cup column WY, and the guiding piece wall portion C82a of bottom guide C82 is located at preparation cup Arrange the oblique rear side in a left side of the bottom of WY.

When push rod C81 is rotated in a clockwise direction centered on bending part C81d from the state, as Figure 24 (b) and (c) in successively illustrated by, main part C81a is abutted with the curled portion of all glasss of W of preparation cup column WY, the curling of all glasss of W Portion is pressed, and it is mobile thus to prepare the sale side cargo path CK of cup column WY to the left.In this case, preparation cup column WY bottom with The guiding piece wall portion C82a of bottom guide C82 is abutted, and is pressed it, thus bottom guide C82 is with support stick C83's It is rotated in a clockwise direction centered on bending part C83d.In addition, in this case, the engaging protuberances C82b of bottom guide C82 The lower interconnecting piece C81c of push rod C81 can not be crossed to move to the left, thus bottom guide C82 by push rod C81 to be limited It is rotated to the state of the rotation of the sale side cargo path CK.Also, in this case, the curling of all glasss of W of preparation cup column WY Portion is abutted with the main part C83a of support stick C83, is pressed it, during thus support stick C83 is also with its bending part C83d The heart is rotated in a clockwise direction.In this way, preparation cup column WY is respectively by push rod C81, bottom guide C82 and support stick C83 It is moved to the left while bearing from the right side side, the left back of bottom and the left back of curled portion of curled portion.In addition, at this In the case of, preparation cup column WY is mobile with the state for being placed in mounting surface C51, therefore preparation cup column WY is on one side by mounting surface C51 Peripheral wall portion guide the bottom of preparation cup column WY, it is smooth to the left and steadily move on one side.

When push rod C81 is further rotated, as shown in (a) of Figure 25, preparation cup column WY is further moved to the left.So Afterwards, bottom guide C82 is released from the bearing of the bottom of preparation cup column WY, and bottom guide C82 is stayed in the position.Later, It is further rotated by push rod C81, support stick C83 is also released from the bearing of preparation cup column WY, and support stick C83 passes through upper end Spring force and be rotated in the counterclockwise direction, back to original position.Then, as shown in (b) of the figure, work as push rod When C81 reaches supplementary view, preparation cup column WY reaches the top of cup column feeding mouth C52, is thus directed into cup column feeding mouth C52 Inside fall, the lower end of preparation cup column WY is through cup column feeding mouth C52, also, preparation cup column WY is remaining to enter The state for selling the cup W of the top layer of cup column WK is stacked in remaining sale cup column WK, to be added sale cargo path CK.This Sample, preparation cup column WY are stacked in sale cup column WK, and thus cup sells out the preparation cup column WY pressing that detection bar C36 is supplemented, from Cup column feeding mouth C52 keeps out of the way.

Later, push rod C81 is rotated in the counterclockwise direction as shown in (c) of Figure 25, returns to position of readiness.To this Position of readiness restore when, the lower interconnecting piece C81c of push rod C81 is abutted with the engaging protuberances C82b of bottom guide C82, to its to Right is pressed, and thus bottom guide C82 is also rotated in the counterclockwise direction, back to original position.By the above, to Sell the supplement movement completion that cargo path CK supplements preparation cup column WY.

In addition, carrying out the sale of beverage after supplementing above-mentioned preparation cup column WY, become providing in the cup W of sale cup column WK When below quantity, in the same manner as above-mentioned situation, the preparation cup column WY of the preparation cargo path CY in left side is added sale cargo path CK.

As shown in Figure 26, Figure 27, Figure 46, raw material feed mechanism D is for spraying being stored in for specified amount to sliding slot D20 every time The raw material of the beverage of tank D10, the powder raw material such as instant coffee, cocoa power or dry cream or coffee bean, tealeaves etc. extract Raw material, and further a glass W, grinder K are released to from sliding slot D20.

Figure 26~Figure 28, which is shown, will be stored in the releasing of the powder raw materials such as the instant coffee, cocoa power or dry cream of tank D10 To the powder raw material feed mechanism D-1 of the cup W (referring to Figure 43) conveyed by cup conveying mechanism H.In the following, for convenience's sake, it will The part on the right side in Figure 26 and Figure 27 is illustrated as front, using the part in left side as rear.

Tank D10 is configured to include container body D11, in the box-like in upper end with input port D11a；Hopper D12, It is set to the lower end of container body D11；And unloading part D13, it is set to the lower end of hopper D12.

Container body D11 is the barrel that cross section is in rectangle.Before the input port D11a of container body D11 is set as The mode that the height of the edge of side is lower than the height of the edge at rear tilts.The input port D11a of container body D11 is provided with lid D14.Lid D14 is for example disposed in container body D11 in a manner of it can rotate by the edge at rear.As shown in figure 29, If operating lid D14 in a manner of being moved upward the edge in front, it is capable of the input port of open container main body D11 D11a.If moving the edge in front downwards, the input port of container body D11 can be closed using lid D14 D11a。

Locking mechanism D15 is provided between the rear part and container body D11 of lid D14.Locking mechanism D15 is used for will Lid D14 is maintained open state, such as by the way that sliding component D15a is arranged at lid D14 and at container body D11 Sliding guide D15b is set to constitute locking mechanism D15.Sliding component D15a is in centered on the rotation center of lid D14 Fan-shaped thin plate-like member, be set to the two sides of lid D14.The surface of each sliding component D15a is provided with protrusion D15c. Sliding guide D15b is arranged to enable the sliding component D15a of lid D14 in sliding guide D15b and container body D11 Side between slide.In locking mechanism D15, in the case where opening lid D14, the protrusion D15c of sliding component D15a The gap between sliding guide D15b and container body D11 can be passed through.In this state, even if hand is made to leave lid D14, by It is engaged between sliding guide D15b and container body D11 in protrusion D15c, therefore lid D14 is also maintained to be open State.If passing through sliding guide D15b and container body by lower cover D14, protrusion D15c downwards from the state Gap between D11 can close the input port D11a of container body D11 using lid D14.

The position as its front surface of container body D11 is provided with indicator D16.Indicator D16 is arranged to can Relative to being set to moving along upper and lower rail portion D11b and arbitrary position capable of being stopped at for container body D11.This refers to Show that the front surface of device D16 for white, can record the title for the powder raw material stored in container body D11.

In addition, being provided with raw material detection sensor D17 in container body D11 as shown in Figure 26~Figure 30.Raw material detection passes The powder raw material that sensor D17 is stored in container body D11 detects the situation in the case where being lower than preset lower limit amount. As raw material detection sensor D17, by the way that light-emitting component D17a is arranged in a side of container body D11 and at another Light receiving element D17b is arranged to constitute raw material detection sensor D17 in the part opposite with light-emitting component D17a of side.That is, with Following mode constitutes raw material detection sensor D17: being incident on light receiving element D17b's in the light irradiated from light-emitting component D17a In the case of, the detection signal of raw material detection sensor D17 is output to raw material supply control part (not shown).

Hopper D12 is part funnel-shaped, consist of in the front-back direction size with going to gradually become smaller downwards. 2 are equipped for stirring the wheel D18 of stored powder raw material in the inside of hopper D12.

As shown in Figure 26~Figure 28, unloading part D13 is to be configured to axle center approximate horizontal hollow space along the longitudinal direction, warp It is connected to by its central upper with the inside of hopper D12, and come and sliding slot via the ejiction opening D13a for being set to its front end Connection inside the upper end of D20.Auger screw D19 is equipped in the inside of unloading part D13.Auger screw D19 is in axle portion Outer peripheral surface there is spiral helicine ridge D19a, can be so that the outer peripheral surface of ridge D19a and the inner peripheral surface of unloading part D13 be close State around axle portion axle center rotate.In the case where auger screw D19 rotation, structure between unloading part D13 and ridge D19a At space successively move forwards.That is, the powder raw material that container body D11 reaches unloading part D13 after hopper D12 is logical The rotation of auger screw D19 is crossed to be successively sent to front, and is released to sliding slot from the ejiction opening D13a of unloading part D13 D20.Can also be defined according to figure, the base end part of auger screw D19 via the rear end for being set to unloading part D13 sliding Hole D13b and it is protruding to the outside, the base end part outstanding via gear-box D30 come and screw motor D31 link.

Sliding slot D20 is to vertically extend and have the cylindrical member of discharge port D21 in lower end.At sliding slot D20 End is equipped with gate D22.Gate D22 is arranged to be rotated centered on supporting axle portion D22a.Match in gate D22 In the case where being placed in the occlusion locations shown in solid in Figure 28, the discharge port D21 of sliding slot D20 is blocked for.It is configured in gate D22 In the case where release position shown in double dot dash line in Figure 28, the discharge port D21 of sliding slot D20 is opened.As shown in figure 31, In gate D22, the face (cross-hatched part in Figure 31) when gate D22 is configured at occlusion locations in top is by reality It applies to improve the coating of the black of the processing of heat absorption rate.

In gate D22, the position of the outside as sliding slot D20 of bearing axle portion D22a is provided with guillotine door open bar D23.Guillotine door open bar D23 is arranged to interlock with gate D22.At guillotine door open bar D23, it is provided between sliding slot D20 Extension spring D24.Extension spring D24 exerts a force, to make gate D22 by guillotine door open bar D23 and bearing axle portion D22a Usually it is in occlusion locations.In the case where gate D22 is located at occlusion locations, guillotine door open bar D23 be backward under (in Figure 30 For bottom right) inclined posture, on the other hand, in the case where gate D22 is located at release position, guillotine door open bar D23 is backward Upper (being upper right in Figure 30) inclined posture.That is, the fortune up and down of the rear end of gate D22 and guillotine door open bar D23 It is dynamic that linkedly the discharge port D21 of sliding slot D20 is opened and closed.

As shown in Figure 26 and Figure 27, above-mentioned powder raw material feed mechanism D-1 is the type by the powder raw material stored Come what is prepared, to be disposed in the inside of apparatus casing 2 by mutually the same direction state arranged side by side.For arranged side by side The sliding slot D20 of multiple powder raw material feed mechanism D-1 is provided with cover component D40.Cover component D40 is in the box-like of lower surface opening, It is arranged to surround multiple sliding slot D20 arranged side by side.In the inside of cover component D40, in the portion of the rear side as sliding slot D20 Position is equipped with primary heater D41, and is equipped with secondary heater D42 at the position of the front side as sliding slot D20.

As shown in figure 32, primary heater D41 and secondary heater D42 is in the inside of metal sheath D43 respectively Heating wire D44 is laid in planar and is constituted, respectively in the planar of strip, the front surface of sheath D43 is fever datum level D45, as shown in Figure 27 and Figure 30, each fever datum level D45 is adapted to the state opposite with sliding slot D20.As shown in figure 30, The primary heater D41 for being disposed in the rear side of sliding slot D20 is disposed in substantially the center of position in the short transverse of sliding slot D20 It sets, is fixed as fever posture of the datum level D45 towards oblique upper.Primary heater D41 is mainly played to sliding slot D20 and hair The function that hot datum level D45 opposite rear side middle section is heated rise temperature applies heating efficiency than the The small heater of the heating efficiency of two heater D42.The secondary heater D42 for being disposed in the front side of sliding slot D20 is disposed in cunning The position in the lower end of slot D20, the gate D22 that is configured at occlusion locations front is fixed as fever datum level D45 direction The posture of oblique upper.Secondary heater D42, which is mainly played, to be heated the powder raw material for the inside for remaining in sliding slot D20 to come The function of preventing moisture absorption applies the heating efficiency heater bigger than the heating efficiency of primary heater D41.It can also according to Figure 30 With clear, the entire surface of the fever datum level D45 of primary heater D41 and secondary heater D42 are respectively positioned on compared to being configured at The position of upper surface side, the fever benchmark of primary heater D41 and secondary heater D42 are leaned on for the gate D22 of occlusion locations Face D45 is arranged side by side each other on the direction of the upper surface along gate D22.

Figure 33~Figure 39 shows the shutter opening and closing apparatus D50 for acting the gate D22 of sliding slot D20.Gate is opened It closes device D50 and has shell D51, shutter opening and closing bar D52, selector D53, cam gear D54, driving gear D55, extension spring D56, leaf spring D57, shutter opening and closing apparatus D50 are set as blocking.

Shell D51 extends in left-right direction, is configured at the rear of sliding slot D20 and passes through road relative to cup conveying mechanism H Upside is configured at for diameter.Shutter opening and closing bar D52 is for being opened and closed the gate D22 of sliding slot D20, with D20 pairs of each sliding slot It is arranged with answering.Selector D53 is accordingly set for selecting the shutter opening and closing bar D52 to be worked with each shutter opening and closing bar D52 It sets.Cam gear D54 to engage with shutter opening and closing bar D52 by cam part D54a.Drive gear D55's and cam gear D54 Gear part D54b engagement is linked using pin D55a with the rotary shaft D58a of drive motor D58.One end of extension spring D56 It is connect with shutter opening and closing bar D52, and the other end is connect with selector D53.Extension spring D56 is functioned as follows: It exerts a force to shutter opening and closing bar D52, and exerts a force to selector D53 to close to the direction of shutter opening and closing bar D52 counterclockwise. Leaf spring D57 is supported on shutter opening and closing bar D52, functions as follows: passing through the cam part D54a card with cam gear D54 It closes to make cam gear D54 start to be rotated in a clockwise direction.Shutter opening and closing apparatus D50 is unitized as described above, because This is easy to be constituted according to the quantity of tank D10.

It is separated from each other compartment of terrain in the lateral direction according to the interval of multiple sliding slot D20 and configures multiple shutter opening and closing bars D52, shutter opening and closing bar D52 are respectively structured as rotating freely centered on rotating hole D52b, and rotating hole D52b is for along left and right The support shaft D52a axis that direction extends is fixed.As shown in Figure 36 and Figure 37, during each shutter opening and closing bar D52 with support shaft D52a is The heart, the cam part D54a for being disposed in the lever pin D52c and cam gear D54 of rear end (right end of Figure 36) engage, usually, are drawing Under the tension for stretching spring D56, front end D52d (left end of Figure 36) stops at undermost position of readiness.

Moreover, being configured to flowering structure: when cam gear D54 in (a) of Figure 36 when being rotated clockwise, and it is convex The lever pin D52c of wheel portion D54a engaging is pressed, and thus front end D52d is rotated to the rear end D23a of guillotine door open bar D23 The pressing position (position shown in Figure 43) of top up.In addition, in the left central portion (shown in (a) of Figure 37 of shutter opening and closing bar D52 Position) on the downside of be provided with push projection portion D52e.

As shown in Figure 36 and Figure 38, selector D53 is made of bar portion D53a, cam abutting part D53b, groove portion D53c.In cup In the case that conveying mechanism H is acted, bar portion D53a is pressed by the shell H160 of cup conveying mechanism H.Cam abutting part D53b is in the state abutted with the aftermentioned cam stops portion D54d of cam gear D54, when bar portion D53a is moved to rear (figure The right direction of 36 (a)) when (referring to Figure 40), cam abutting part D53b is detached from from cam stops portion D54d, so that cam gear D54 being capable of the rotation (referring to (a) of Figure 36) along clockwise direction.Groove portion D53c is for making selector D53 along the cunning of shell D51 Movable plate D51a is slided in the longitudinal direction.

Bar portion D53a extends to the position lower than the upper level of the shell H160 in cup conveying mechanism H (referring to figure 40), when cup conveying mechanism H is by the downside of selector D53, shell H160 by bar portion D53a rearward (right direction of Figure 40) Pressing.By the pressing, the cam abutting part D53b of selector D53 is rearward moved (referring to (a) of Figure 42), from cam stops Portion D54d is detached from.It is detached from by cam abutting part D53b from cam stops portion D54d, the reaction being opened using leaf spring D57 Power, leaf spring D57 lift the part of the engaging of cam part D54a, and thus cam gear D54 starts along clockwise direction (referring to figure 36 (a)) rotation, the gear part D54b of cam gear D54 engages with driving gear D55, using passing through the edge drive motor D58 The driving gear D55 that rotates counterclockwise continues to rotate along clockwise direction.

When bar portion D53a is pressed into defined position by the shell H160 of cup conveying mechanism H, shell H160 is conveyed by cup The Y-axis portion H2 of mechanism H is conveyed a little forwards, is temporarily ceased in defined position.Therewith, cup W temporarily stops relative to sliding slot D20 Only in the vertical lower section of discharge port D21, it is specified that the powder raw material of amount is supplied to a glass W from sliding slot D20.

As shown in Figure 36 and Figure 39, cam gear D54 have cam part D54a, gear part D54b, notch gear portion D54c, Cam stops portion D54d, cam gear D54 are configured to rotate freely centered on rotating hole D54f, and rotating hole D54f is by edge The rotary shaft D54e that left and right directions extends is pivotally supported.Cam part D54a is set to a face of cam gear D54, with shutter opening and closing The lever pin D52c of bar D52 engages.Gear part D54b will drive the rotation of gear D55 to transmit by engaging with driving gear D55 To cam gear D54.Cam part D54a is provided with multiple (being in the example in the figures 3) recess portion D54g.Notch gear portion It is opposite with driving gear D55 when D54c is flat, to cut off the rotation of driving gear D55.Cam stops portion D54d is set to cam dress Another face of D54 is set, is usually abutted with the cam abutting part D53b of selector D53, the rotation of cam gear D54 is thus prevented Turn.Cam stops portion D54d is functioned as follows: when bar portion D53a is rearward moved, cam stops portion D54d from The state that cam abutting part D53b is abutted is detached from, so that cam gear D54 can rotate.

Illustrate the movement of shutter opening and closing apparatus D50 constituted as described above.When user for example passes through operating unit U's When operation inputting part U1 has selected the instant coffee of with cream/granulated sugar, it is defeated that the cup W separated from cup feed mechanism C is fed into cup Send mechanism H.Substantially simultaneously, the powder that be supplied to glass W is accommodated with from cup feed mechanism C to cup conveying mechanism H supply cup W The screw motor D31 of the tank D10 of raw material is driven, and the powder raw material of specified amount is released to sliding slot D20.At this point, in cunning In slot D20, gate D22 is configured at occlusion locations, therefore retains them temporarily from the powder raw material that tank D10 is released in inside.

Then, when being configured at the lower section of sliding slot D20 by the movement cup W of cup conveying mechanism H, as shown in figure 40, outside Shell H160 is rearward moved, and thus bar portion D53a is rearward pressed, and cam abutting part D53b is detached from from cam stops portion D54d. Later, as shown in figure 41, shell H160 is moved forwards, and cup W returns to the lower section of sliding slot D20.

As shown in (a) of Figure 42, when cam abutting part D53b is detached from from cam stops portion D54d, cam gear D54 benefit Started to be rotated in a clockwise direction with the reaction force of leaf spring D57, as shown in (b) of Figure 42, gear part D54b and sliding tooth Take turns D55 engagement.Driving the gear D55, cam gear D54 being rotated in the counterclockwise direction by drive motor D58 are utilized as a result, Continue to rotate along clockwise direction.

When cam gear D54 is rotated in a clockwise direction, as shown in (c) of Figure 42, the lever pin of shutter opening and closing bar D52 D52c is moved along the outer direction being circumferentially pressed of cam part D54a, and shutter opening and closing bar D52 is rotated in a clockwise direction, thus As shown in figure 43, front end D52d jacks up the rear end D23a of guillotine door open bar D23.As a result, gate D22 is along counterclockwise Direction rotates and becomes vertical state, and the discharge port D21 of sliding slot D20 is opened, and remaines in the powder of the specified amount of sliding slot D20 originally Powder stock is released to a glass W.

When cam gear D54 is further rotated in a clockwise direction from above-mentioned state, as shown in figure 44, gate is opened The lever pin D52c for closing bar D52 is moved along the vertical direction along the multiple recess portion D54g for being set to cam part D54a, with lever pin The movement of the up and down direction of D52c, shutter opening and closing bar D52 repeat rotation with clockwise direction in the counterclockwise direction and repeatedly (are illustrating Example in be 3 times).

By shutter opening and closing bar D52 in the counterclockwise direction with the rotation that repeats clockwise, extension spring is utilized The effect of D24 is vibrated to gate D22 impact.Even if powder raw material is compressed and is adhered to the upper surface of gate D22 as a result, Also it can be made to fall from gate D22 by the vibration of above-mentioned impact, can prevents powder raw material from remaining in sliding slot D20。

When cam gear D54 is further rotated in a clockwise direction, notch gear portion D54c is reached and driving gear D55 Opposite position, and cam stops portion D54d is abutted with the cam abutting part D53b of selector D53.Sliding tooth is utilized as a result, Wheel D55 stops come the rotation of the cam gear D54 carried out.When the rotation of cam gear D54 stops, shutter opening and closing bar D52 benefit It is rotated in the counterclockwise direction with the tension of extension spring D56, the discharge port D21 of sliding slot D20 is occluded by gate D22.Hereafter, right All be accommodated with will repeat above-mentioned movement to the tank D10 of the cup W powder raw material supplied.

During this period, primary heater D41 and secondary heater D42 are respectively at the state being energized, from fever benchmark Face D45 carries out heat release.Here, as described above, the fever datum level D45 of secondary heater D42 compared to be configured at occlusion position Oblique upper is positioned against by upper surface side for the gate D22 set.Thus, powder original is remained in the upper surface of gate D22 In the case where material, powder raw material is heated by from the heat of secondary heater D42, is maintained dry state.Attachment Around gate D22, the inner surface of sliding slot D20 and remaining powder raw material also by the heat from secondary heater D42 and It is heated continuously.Moreover, because implementing the coating of black to the upper surface of gate D22, therefore radiated from secondary heater D42 Heat efficiently absorbed, with the application white or transparent gate D22 the case where compared with, even if using identical heating efficiency Heater in the case where, can also make its ambient temperature rise 2 DEG C or so.It is eliminated as a result, in gate D22 and sliding slot D20 Between powder raw material moisture absorption and cured worry, can guarantee the stable movement of gate D22, so as to always reliably into The releasing of row powder raw material.In particular, gate D22 is the part of direct mounting powder raw material, so if it is heated, It then can more efficiently prevent the moisture absorption of powder raw material.However, it is difficult to relative to sliding slot D20 in release position and occlusion locations Between the gate D22 configuration heating units such as heater that shift.Thus, the upper surface of gate D22 is applied dress up as described above Black to improve heat absorption rate thus it enables that the powder raw material feed mechanism D-1 that the temperature of gate D22 rises be it is epoch-making, no It needs to be exclusively used in the heater of gate D22, and the heat of secondary heater D42 can be efficiently transmitted to powder raw material, because This, also can be using the small heater of heating efficiency as secondary heater D42.

On the other hand, a part of the heat radiated from secondary heater D42 is by being located behind side after gate D22 Sliding slot D20 reflection, advance obliquely upward towards front side.The part that the heat radiated from secondary heater D42 is reflected The state of temperature rising is in because of primary heater D41.Thus, not incurring big heat waste lost territory makes from secondary heater D42 Above the heat of radiation reaches after reflecting at sliding slot D20.In addition to this, also primary heater D41 is configured in the lower section of tank D10 And the position more against the top than secondary heater D42, therefore a part of the heat radiated from primary heater D41 also reaches tank D10 Lower end, that is spray powder raw material ejiction opening D13a near.As a result, in the unloading part D13 of tank D10 In, powder raw material is also heated and is maintained dry state, it is thus eliminated that in the submitting of auger screw D19 and tank D10 Powder raw material moisture absorption between portion D13 and cured worry, can guarantee the stable movement of auger screw D19.

As described above, being heated to the rear side middle section of sliding slot D20 about main performance rise temperature The primary heater D41 of function, it is enough as long as the heater smaller than the heating efficiency of secondary heater D42 using heating efficiency ?.Thus, it is possible to also inhibit low consumption electric power, also there is no the worries for incurring the state of affairs that operating cost significantly increases.

In addition, be not necessarily limited to as primary heater D41 and secondary heater D42 in tabular, it can also be such as Figure 45 institute Show like that, using curved heater D46, D47, the heater D48 of bending.In addition, the fever base used in the present specification Quasi- face D45 is the heating under as described above in flat situation for providing the radiation of heat direction from heater The front surface of device.The case where cross section is forniciform heater D46, D47 as shown in (b) of (a) of Figure 45, Figure 45 Under, fever datum level D45 is the plane comprising being located at the heating wire D44 and the heating wire D44 positioned at bottom of the top.Such as The heater D48 bent like that shown in (c) of Figure 45 halfway in the case where, in each front surface, there are independent fever datum levels D45。

When carrying out the sale of beverage, reducing to be stored in the powder raw material of tank D10, pass through raw material detection sensor D17 detects the situation, such as notifies the situation by raw material supply control part (not shown).Thus, operator can be Lid D14 is opened to supplement powder raw material to tank D10 after opening front surface door 3.At this point, as described above, container body D11 with It is set with locking mechanism D15 between lid D14, therefore lid D14 can be maintained to supplement powder raw material after being in an open state, from And the operation can be made to facilitate.As long as moreover, indicator D16 is suitably moved up and down corresponding to sales volume to predetermine Magnitude of recruitment, would not excessively supplement powder raw material.That is, for storage sales volume more than powder raw material tank D10, will indicate Device D16 configured in advance above, for the tank D10 of the few powder raw material of storage sales volume, by indicator D16 configured in advance under Side.As long as the position that operator is configured using each indicator D16 supplements powder raw material as the upper limit, each powder raw material is supplemented Period will be roughly the same, eliminate the worry for incurring the following state of affairs: specific powder raw material is frequently emptying, or otherwise special Fixed powder raw material is chronically stored in tank D10.

As shown in Figure 46 and Figure 47, extracts raw material feed mechanism D-2 and will be stored in the extraction such as coffee bean, tealeaves of tank D10 Raw material is released to grinder K.Constructing for tank D10 has structure same as the tank of powder raw material feed mechanism D-1, only following Aspect is different, and other structures are consistent.Thus, machine is supplied with powder raw material to each structural element mark for extracting raw material feed mechanism The identical label of each structural element of structure D-1, omits respective detailed description.

1) in the not set wheel D18 of hopper D12.

2) in the not set gate D22 of sliding slot D20, primary heater D41, secondary heater D42.

As shown in figure 48, drinking water liquid storage device E required when the internal storage of apparatus casing 2 generates beverage, another party Face, to reservoir F, ice machine G, carbonator Q etc. need the mechanism part of drinking water, be transported to cook position cup W it is appropriate Ground supplies drinking water.As the method for storing drinking water in liquid storage device E, other than direct-connected running water pipe mode, there is also Cartridge type water feeding tank mode.In the following, illustrating the liquid storage device E for storing drinking water in a manner of direct-connected running water pipe first.In addition, in Figure 48 Label N1 be the cooling trough for carrying out the cooling of passed through drinking water etc..The upper surface of cooling trough N1 is open, this is cold But sink N1 is formed at the position of the lower section of the liquid storage device E in apparatus casing 2.

As shown in Fig. 48, in the cup type automatic vendor 1, liquid storage device E is via having water filter (be added active carbon) The water supplying pipe E5 of E2 and 2 electromagnetism feed water valve E3, E4 to connect with tap water nozzle.Include in water filter E2 removal drinking water Foreign matter.2 electromagnetism feed water valves E3, E4 are the electromagnetism that water supplying pipe E5 is opened and closed according to the instruction for carrying out self-water-supplying control unit (not shown) The open and close valve of formula is respectively arranged at the upstream side of water filter E2 and the position in downstream side.

As shown in Figure 49~Figure 52, liquid storage device E is configured to have liquid storage device main body E11, lid E12, test bar E13, float Sub switch E14.Liquid storage device main body E11 is upper surface open container, in the drinking water that internal storage is supplied by water supplying pipe E5. Lid E12 is used to occlude the upper surface opening of liquid storage device main body E11.Lid E12 is provided with the downstream with water supplying pipe E5 The feed water inlet E12a of connection.Test bar E13 is prolonged with the state for penetrating through the sliding part E12b for being set to lid E12 along up and down direction It stretches, and is arranged to move up and down along central axis.In test bar E13, it is being located at the position more against the top than lid E12 Upper end have a flange E13a, and have float E13b in the lower end of the inside positioned at liquid storage device main body E11.Flange E13a is in circular lamellar centered on the central axis of test bar E13.Float E13b in liquid storage device main body E11 according to storing The variation for the drinking water deposited suitably moves up and down, move up and down test bar E13 relative to lid E12.Switch E14 Have high water level switch E14a and low level switch E14b, according to test bar E13 from lid E12 prominent size outstanding, also It is the water level said according to the drinking water stored in liquid storage device main body E11, detects signal to the output (not shown) of water supply control unit, Switch E14 is installed on the stick cover E16 in the setting of the top of lid E12.Under the drinking water stored in liquid storage device main body E11 In the case where dropping to water supply beginning water level, by flange E13a, high water level switch E14a is operated, high water level switch E14a Output water supply commencing signal (not shown) to water supply control unit.When providing water supply commencing signal from high water level switch E14a, from Water supply control unit (not shown) exports ON signal to 2 electromagnetism feed water valves E3, E4, and 2 electromagnetism feed water valves E3, E4 are opened, by This is connected to from tap water nozzle to the water supplying pipe E5 of liquid storage device main body E11.In addition, rising to water supply stopping water level in drinking water (> supply water starts water level) in the case where, by flange E13a, high water level switch E14a is operated, E14a pairs of the high water level switch Water supply control unit output water supply stop signal (not shown).When providing water supply stop signal from high water level switch E14a, from confession Water management portion (not shown) closes signal to 2 electromagnetism feed water valve E3, E4 outputs, and 2 electromagnetism feed water valves E3, E4 are turned off, thus It is cut off from tap water nozzle to the water supplying pipe E5 of liquid storage device main body E11.The drinking water decline stored in liquid storage device main body E11 In the case where sale stopping water level (< water supply starts water level), by flange E13a, low level switch E14b is operated, this is low Water level switch E14b sells out signal to water supply control unit (not shown) output of drinking water.It is sold when from low level switch E14b output Use up signal when, stop signal is exported from water supply control unit (not shown) to water pump E1, water pump E1 becomes halted state.

Mutually different 2 positions of the height of stick cover E16 are provided with insertion hole E16a, E16b.It is inserted into hole E16a, E16b It is respectively formed as being inserted into the size of stick position holding shaft E20, is each provided with 2 at the position toward each other of stick cover E16 It is inserted into hole E16a, E16b, so that the stick position holding shaft E20 being inserted into is approximate horizontal.Stick position holding shaft E20 is, for example, such as cup The component cylindrical like that such as axle portion of screw, screwdriver that the operator of formula automatic vending machine 1 would generally carry.

The insertion hole E16a of top is set to following position: the state of lifting position as defined in being configured in test bar E13 In the case where the lower insertion hole E16a that stick position holding shaft E20 is inserted into top, stick position holding shaft E20 can be with flange The lower surface of E13a abuts, to prevent the movement of test bar E13 downwards.In stick position, holding shaft E20 is inserted into top In the case where being inserted into hole E16a, the water level regardless of the drinking water stored in liquid storage device main body E11 is all switched from high water level E14a constantly exports water supply stop signal to water supply control unit (not shown).

The insertion hole E16b of lower section is set to following position: the state of down position as defined in being configured in test bar E13 In the case where the lower insertion hole E16b that stick position holding shaft E20 is inserted into lower section, stick position holding shaft E20 can be with flange The upper surface of E13a abuts, to prevent the movement of test bar E13 upwards.In stick position, holding shaft E20 is inserted into lower section In the case where being inserted into hole E16b, the water level regardless of the drinking water stored in liquid storage device main body E11, all from low level switch E14b is constantly exported to water supply control unit (not shown) and is sold out signal.

In the liquid storage device E constituted as described above, by open 2 electromagnetism feed water valve E3, E4, from tap water nozzle to Liquid storage device main body E11 successively stores drinking water.During this period, with the rising of water level, float E13b rises, test bar E13 from Lid E12 overhang outstanding is gradually increased.It supplies water as defined in reaching when the drinking water stored in liquid storage device main body E11 and stops water When position is operated to high water level switch E14a, 2 electromagnetism feed water valves E3, E4 are set to off by water supply control unit (not shown) The state closed.The drinking water of specified amount is stored in liquid storage device main body E11 as a result,.At this point, in liquid storage device E, in water supplying pipe E5 is provided with 2 electromagnetism feed water valve E3, E4, therefore even if in the case where a side of electromagnetism feed water valve E3, E4 break down, There is no the worries for the state of affairs that the drinking water for incurring liquid storage device main body E11 overflows.In addition, even if drinking water is from liquid storage device main body E11 overflow, the drinking water of spilling can also be arranged at lower section cooling trough N1 catch, and the lower section of cooling trough N1 also It is provided with draining tray A10, therefore there is no the worries that the inside of apparatus casing 2 is stained.

When the water level for the drinking water that the sale with beverage is stored in liquid storage device main body E11 is reduced, test bar E13 decline Thus when high water level switch E14a exports water supply commencing signal, by water supply control unit (not shown) by 2 electromagnetism feed water valves E3, E4 It opens, supplements drinking water until high water level switch E14a exports water supply stop signal to the inside of liquid storage device main body E11.This Afterwards, repeat to implement above-mentioned movement, the drinking water of liquid storage device main body E11 be kept fixed more than water level.

(a) of Figure 53 shows following state: as stick position holding shaft, screw E20 being inserted into the insertion hole of top E16a, to constantly export water supply stop signal from high water level switch E14a.(b) of Figure 53 shows following state: by spiral shell Silk E20 is inserted into the insertion hole E16b of lower section, sells out signal to constantly export from low level switch E14b.

That is, in the state that (a) of Figure 53 is shown, the water level regardless of liquid storage device main body E11,2 electromagnetism feed water valves E3, E4 maintain to be in off state, therefore the supplement of drinking water is not carried out to liquid storage device main body E11.Thus, for example because of operation The reason in the maintenance such as piping in member's cleaning water loop and the case where the drinking water of liquid storage device main body E11 is all emptied Under, as long as screw E20 to be inserted into the insertion hole E16a for the top for being set to stick cover E16 to form the state of (a) of Figure 53 i.e. It can.

On the other hand, in the state that (b) of Figure 53 is shown, water pump E1 is remained by water supply control unit (not shown) and is stopped Only state, therefore even if in the case where the reservoir F in downstream, carbonator Q, cooking position and needing drinking water, it will not be to These mechanisms supply drinking water.Thus, the cleaning in the reservoir F in the downstream of liquid storage device E is configured in such as operator In the case of, as long as screw E20 to be inserted into the insertion hole E16b for being set to the lower section of stick cover E16, pushed down even without hand Test bar E13 will not supply drinking water to reservoir F from liquid storage device E, so that operator also can easily implement alone temperature The cleaning of water tank F.

In addition, the method as the position for keeping test bar E13, is not necessarily limited to stick position holding shaft E20 being inserted into stick Cover insertion hole E16a, E16b of E16.For example, it is also possible to as shown in Figure 54 and Figure 55, in stick cover E17 setting slit-shaped Insertion section E17a, E17b, and the tab to insertion section E17a, E17b is inserted into the flange E18a of test bar E18 setting E18b.That is, as shown in (a) of Figure 55, making the free state of tab E18b when usual.On the other hand, it is grasping In the case that work person carries out operation, as long as tab E18b is selectively inserted into and is set to stick as shown in (b) of Figure 55 Insertion section E17a, E17b of E17 is covered to make test bar E18 be held in defined position.In addition, as stick cover is set to Insertion section E17a, E17b of E17 may not penetrate through stick cover E17, be also possible to the spill of the position opening opposite with tab E18b Slot.

In order to store drinking water to the liquid storage device E with above-mentioned structure in a manner of cartridge type water feeding tank, as long as such as Figure 48 institute Show like that, connect the auxiliary water-feeding tube E31 with auxiliary pump E30 than the position of water filter E2 on the upstream side in water supplying pipe E5, And by the water feeding tank E32 connection of auxiliary water-feeding tube E31 and cartridge type.In cartridge type water feeding tank mode, from water supply control unit (not shown) is to the electromagnetism feed water valve E3 of upstream side output control signal so that its state for usually remaining off.That is, from storage In the case that the high water level switch E14a of liquid device E provides water supply commencing signal, water supply control unit (not shown) only opens downstream The electromagnetism feed water valve E4 of side, and the drinking water for being stored in water feeding tank E32 is added to by liquid storage device by driving auxiliary pump E30 Main body E11.When providing water supply stop signal from high water level switch E14a from above-mentioned state, water supply control unit (is not schemed Show) stop auxiliary pump E30, turn off the electromagnetism feed water valve E4 in downstream side.Hereafter, it repeats to implement above-mentioned movement, liquid storage device The drinking water of main body E11 be kept constant more than predetermined water level BH1.

As described above, as shown in figure 56, keeping the drinking water supplied from running water pipe mouth logical in cup type automatic vendor 1 Liquid storage device main body E11 is stored to after crossing water filter E2.It is stored in dilution of the drinking water of liquid storage device main body E11 as various beverages It is supplied to water, ice making water.For the liquid storage device E for being equipped on cup type automatic vendor 1, some liquid storage device E have chlorine Generator B, chlorine generator B again sterilize the drinking water stored in liquid storage device main body E11 in machine.Not only to coming from The drinking water of tap water nozzle utilizes chlorine generator B, additionally it is possible to from the internal or external water supply for being set to apparatus casing 2 The drinking water of case E32 utilizes chlorine generator B.

Chlorine generator B is electrolysed to the drinking water for being stored in liquid storage device main body E11 to carry out the device of chlorbenside bacterium.Chlorine The chlorine bactericidal assay of generator B is following methods: (chloride ion itself does not have sterilization to the chloride ion for including in effective use drinking water Ability), so that chloride ion is carried out anodic oxidation to generate chlorine by being electrolysed to drinking water, the chlorine is made to be dissolved in the water next pair Drinking water is sterilized.As shown in Figure 57 and Figure 58, it is provided with to have in chlorine generator B and is applied in the water of liquid storage device main body E11 Add the chlorine of a pair of electrodes plate B4a, B4a of DC voltage that electrode B 4 occurs, chlorine generator B occurs electrode B 4 to the chlorine and is powered next pair Water is electrolysed.As a result, as shown in following formula (BA), (BB), the chloride ion for including in drinking water loses after being oxidized anodically Electronics is converted into chlorine, and drinking water includes chlorine to have sterilizing power again.

2Cl^―-2e^―→Cl₂ (BA)

Cl₂+H₂O→HClO+HCl (BB)

Then, illustrate the structural example of the water system for the cup type automatic vendor 1 for having chlorine generator B.As shown in figure 56, The water system of cup type automatic vendor 1 has liquid storage device E, chlorine generator B and ice machine G.

Liquid storage device main body E11 is the container stored from tap water nozzle via the water filter E2 water supplied.Liquid storage device main body Water in E11 is fed into water supply line E40 and ice machine G.Liquid storage device main body E11 will be supplied via electromagnetism feed water valve E3, E4 Water be stored to using switch E14 setting predetermined water level BH1 until.Switch E14 has high water level switch E14a With low level switch E14b, control is opened and closed to electromagnetism feed water valve E3, E4 in the movement based on these each switch E14a, E14b. It is exported from high water level switch E14a when exporting drinking water, the thus water level decreasing of liquid storage device main body E11 with beverage sales When water supply commencing signal, electromagnetism feed water valve E3, E4 receive water supply commencing signal and open, drinking water quilt from tap water nozzle It is fed to liquid storage device main body E11.Then, when the water level of the supply liquid storage device main body E11 by drinking water restores thus from Gao Shui When bit switch E14a exports water supply stop signal, electromagnetism feed water valve E3, E4 receive water supply stop signal to close.Liquid storage as a result, Device main body E11 remains the predetermined water level BH1 set using switch E14.

Ice machine G is generated ice using the drinking water supplied from liquid storage device E and stores the ice, on the other hand, is supplied by ice Ice is properly supplied to cup W to access G1.

Water supply line E40 is provided with water pump E1, water cooling coil E41 and electromagnetism cold valves E42.Liquid storage device main body Water in E11 passes through the driving force of water pump E1, after being cooled in water cooling coil E41, supplies via electromagnetism cold valves E42 To cup W.

Water supply line E40 is connected with carbonated water supply lines E43 between water cooling coil E41 and electromagnetism cold valves E42. Carbonated water supply lines E43 is provided with electromagnetism feed water valve E44, carbonator Q and electromagnetism carbonic acid water valve E45.In supply line The water to circulate in the E40 of road is supplied to carbonator Q in the case where electromagnetism feed water valve E44 is opened and becomes carbonated water, and passes through A glass W is supplied to by electromagnetism carbonic acid water valve E45.

Chlorine generator B is set in liquid storage device main body E11, is carried out as described above to the storage water of liquid storage device main body E11 Electrolysis is to generate chlorine.Chlorine generator B has: electrode B 4 occurs for chlorine, with a pair of electrodes plate B4a, B4a；DC power supply B14, It occurs electrode B 4 to chlorine and applies voltage；And power control portion B15.

As shown in Figure 57 and Figure 58, it is following construction that electrode B 4, which occurs, for chlorine: being kept between regulation using holder B4b Every strip of the gap in a manner of aspectant side by side 2 electrode plates B4a, B4a, it is left which is chosen to be several mm It is right.In the upper surface of holder B4b, the terminal B4c of each electrode plate B4a is outstanding to be connect with the side DC power supply B14.Electricity occurs for chlorine Pole B4 is to be inserted from above into liquid storage device in a manner of being located at holder B4b on the water surface and each electrode plate B4a impregnates in water It is arranged in main body E11.

Chlorine generator B is being powered by the reasonable time period or at the time of the sale movement with beverage matches etc. Electrode B 4 occurs to chlorine from DC power supply B14 under the control of control unit B15 to be powered, to generate in the water of liquid storage device main body E11 Chlorine is to sterilize drinking water.

In addition, as shown in figure 56, in general ice machine G is following manner: making the ice generated in its storage chamber G21 Thawing water returns to liquid storage device main body E11 by melt water pipe E46.Therefore, in liquid storage device main body E11, when in electromagnetism feed water valve E3, E4 are closed and water level is maintained the thawing water from ice machine G in the sale standby of predetermined water level BH1 and flows back When, the water level promoting of liquid storage device main body E11 is balanced each other with the water level with the side ice machine G.As a result, there are following situations: liquid storage The water level of device main body E11 rises above the rising water stage BH2 of predetermined water level BH1 as shown in figure 57.

When the water level of liquid storage device main body E11 changes, therewith chlorine occur electrode B 4 submerge the immersion region in water, That is the liquid contact surface product for directly participating in the electrode plate B4a that chlorine occurs changes.Thus, when providing chlorine in this state When generation signal that chlorine occurs the energization of electrode B 4, compared with the case where being powered in the state of predetermined water level BH1, in phase Under same power on condition (applying voltage, conduction time etc.), chlorine occurrence quantity generates difference.That is, the generation of chlorine is in electrode plate B4a The part being soaked in water surface carry out, therefore when the liquid contact surface of electrode plate B4a product change when, correspondingly Chlorine occurrence quantity changes.In this case, if the liquid contact surface of electrode plate B4a product is set as BS, by electrode plate B4a, B4a Interval be set as BL, the electrical conductivity of drinking water is set as to BEC, the application voltage of electrode B 4 be set as BV, is set as electrical current BI then sets up the relationship of following formula (BC) between chlorine occurrence quantity BQ.Wherein, Bk1, Bk2 are constants.In addition, if being come with curve graph Expression (BC), then as shown in figure 59.

BQ=(BS/BL) × BEC × Bk1=(BI/BV) × Bk2 (BC)

On the other hand, if the cl concn in the water of drinking water is low, bactericidal effect decline, if but otherwise cl concn mistake Surplus, then chlorine taste is too strong and damage the flavor of marketing beverages, in addition to this, can also generate the discoloration of coloring cold drink, constitute drink The problems such as with the deterioration of the material of water supply system pipeline.

According to the above, the strip for having used width dimensions to be BD in electrode B 4 occurs for the chlorine shown in Figure 57 and Figure 58 Electrode plate B4a, therefore with the variation of water level, the liquid contact surface product of electrode plate B4a is significantlyd change.That is, storing up In the case that the water level of liquid device main body E11 rises to rising water stage BH2 from predetermined water level BH1, the liquid contact surface of electrode plate B4a Product is with the increase of BD × (BH2-BH1) ratio.It is thus also possible to generate following problems etc.: chlorine occurrence quantity is relative to liquid storage device Become superfluous for the moisture storage capacity of main body E11, the cl concn in water is got higher, so that the flavor of drinking water is damaged by chlorine taste.

Therefore, then illustrate structure involved in each variation below: utilizing the shape different from electrode plate B4a, i.e., Make in the case where the water level of liquid storage device main body E11 rises to more than predetermined water level BH1, it will not be relative to moisture storage capacity excessively Generate chlorine.In addition, in Figure 60~Figure 66, to the same or similar element mark of element corresponding to the element with Figure 57~Figure 58 Infuse identical label.

As shown in Figure 60 and Figure 61, electrode B 18 occurs for the chlorine of first variation compared with electrode B 4 occurs for above-mentioned chlorine, phase To a pair of electrodes plate B18a, B18a shape it is different.In electrode plate B18a, with the predetermined water level BH1 of liquid storage device main body E11 For boundary, the width dimensions Bd of the part of the upside for extending to predetermined water level BH1 of electrode plate B18a is made to be located at rule than electrode plate The width for determining the width dimensions BD of the part of the downside of water level BH1 is small.Width dimensions Bd is set so as to ensure the logical of electrode The small width of the degree of the required current capacity of electricity.As long as rising amplitude of fluctuation area with the water level imagined in liquid storage device main body E11 Domain accordingly forms the small width regions of this electrode plate B18a.

Thus, electrode B 18 occurs about chlorine, even if the water level in liquid storage device main body E11 be more than predetermined water level BH1 and on In the case where being raised to rising water stage BH2, compared with the state of predetermined water level BH1, the also only portion of the small width dimensions Bd of width Divide and redundantly submerge in water, the liquid contact surface product of the part for the width dimensions BD that the direct participation chlorine of electrode plate B18a occurs increases Dosage is seldom.Therefore, as long as fixing the application voltage of electrode, conduction time, then by being powered electrode come obtained chlorine Occurrence quantity in predetermined water level BH1 and when rising water stage BH2 between it is almost unchanged and be approximately fixed amount.Phase is eliminated as a result, The cl concn surplus for the moisture storage capacity of liquid storage device main body E11 is thus the case where damaging the flavor of marketing beverages.

As shown in Figure 62, occur in electrode B 19 in the chlorine of the second variation, the small width portion (width of each electrode plate B19a Size Bd) it is formed in the side end of each electrode plate B19a, and the small width between a pair of electrodes plate B19a, B19a toward each other Degree portion is alternately configured at left and right.That is, the gap that each small width portion is set between electrode plate B19a, B19a is diagonal It faces each other, is spaced apart from each other substantially bigger than the gap size of electrode on line.Thus, effectively play following effect: suppression The increase of the increase for the electric current that system flows in water when water level rises, that is chlorine occurrence quantity.

As shown in Figure 63 and Figure 64, occur in electrode B 20 in the chlorine of third variation, with the regulation of liquid storage device main body E11 Water level BH1 is boundary, and the part of the upside for extending to predetermined water level BH1 of electrode plate B4a is covered using electrically insulating material B21 Surface, electrically insulating material B21 are for example obtained by resinous coat etc..

Thus, electrode B 20 occurs about chlorine, even if water level is more than predetermined water level BH1 and rises to rising water stage BH2, Only the part for being electrically insulated material B21 insulation covering of electrode plate B4a is submerged in water, participates in the electrode plate B4a's that chlorine occurs Liquid contact surface product is constant.Therefore, chlorine occurrence quantity will not increase because the rising of water level changes, and converge on fixed amount.

As shown in Figure 65 and Figure 66, occur in electrode B 22 in the chlorine of the 4th variation, with the regulation of liquid storage device main body E11 Water level BH1 is boundary, and in the upper area of predetermined water level BH1, insulation point is provided between opposite a pair of electrodes plate B4a, B4a Next door B23.The width dimensions BD that the width dimensions BD1 of insulative partition wall B23 selectes at least than each electrode plate B4a is big, comes Cut off electrical path in the water between opposite electrode plate B4a, B4a.In addition, insulative partition wall B23 can also be with holder B4b is integrally formed.

Thus, electrode B 22 occurs about chlorine, is more than predetermined water level BH1 in water level and rises to the state of rising water stage BH2 Under, the lower end of insulative partition wall B23 is submerged in water, this submerges the part in water in the water between electrode plate B4a, B4a The electric current of flowing plays barrier.The electrode plate in the water between predetermined water level BH1 and rising water stage BH2 is submerged as a result, The face region of B4a hardly directly participates in chlorine, and thus, it is possible to will rise the increase suppression of caused chlorine occurrence quantity with water level It is made as seldom.

As shown in figure 48, reservoir F is generated hot water using the drinking water supplied from liquid storage device E and stores the hot water, separately On the one hand, reservoir F to brewing mechanism L, be transported to cook position cup W be properly supplied hot water.As shown in Figure 67~Figure 72, Reservoir F is formed by metallic material, in a rectangular parallelepiped shape, is set to the position of the comparison eminence of the inside of apparatus casing 2.

Having heaters F1 and float F2 is arranged in the inside of reservoir F.Heater F1 comes from case control unit (not in basis Diagram) instruction and the drinking water of the internal storage of reservoir F is heated to generate hot water in driven situation.Float F2 suitably floats up and down with the water level of reservoir F, has arm sensing F3.Arm sensing F3 is prominent from the upper surface of reservoir F To outside, nose portion is supported on reservoir F by horizontally extending support shaft F4 in a manner of it can rotate.That is, Float F2 is pivoted about with support shaft F4, is thus moved up and down in the inside of reservoir F.As float F2, using by The float that the metals such as stainless steel are constituted.

Hot water spray unit F10 and lower temperature sensor F20 are equipped in the front surface of reservoir F.Hot water sprays single First F10 has 2 hot water supply valve F11, F12, sprays temperature sensor F13 and overflow pipe F14.Hot water supply valve F11, F12 is the open and close valve for being set to the electromagnetic type of hot water supply mouth F5 of reservoir F, according to the finger for coming from case control unit (not shown) It enables, as shown in figure 48 like that, hot water supply pipe F11a and hot water supply pipe F12a is separately opened and closed, the hot water supply pipe F11a will be connected between reservoir F and the hot water nozzle for cooking position, and the hot water supply pipe F12a is by reservoir F and brewing mechanism It is connected between L.Temperature sensor F13 is sprayed to detect the temperature of the hot water sprayed by hot water supply valve F11, F12, it will Its detectable signal is output to case control unit (not shown).The vapor that overflow pipe F14 is used to that the inside of reservoir F to be made to generate is discharged to Outside, overflow pipe F14 are extended downward from the top of reservoir F.The lower end of overflow pipe F14, which is provided with boiling, prevents heat Galvanic couple F30.Boiling prevents thermocouple F30 to be inserted into the driving circuit (not shown) of heater F1 and according to passing through overflow The temperature of the vapor of pipe F14 is come the thermocouple of the bimetallic mode acted, in the temperature of the vapor by overflow pipe F14 Degree is more than the driving circuit for forcibly cutting off heater F1 in the case where predetermined temperature.Lower temperature sensor F20 The temperature of the hot water for the lower part for being stored in reservoir F is detected, temperature information is detected and is output to case control unit and (do not schemed Show).In the case where the detection temperature of lower temperature sensor F20 is lower than predetermined temperature, case control unit (not shown) Condition is not operating as with aftermentioned high water level switch F31 and low level switch F32, and heater F1 is driven to carry out The heating of drinking water.In contrast, the case where the detection temperature of lower temperature sensor F20 is more than predetermined temperature Under, case control unit (not shown) is not operating as condition with aftermentioned high water level switch F31 and low level switch F32, makes to add Hot device F1 stops the heating of drinking water.

Setting position in addition to hot water supply valve F11, F12 and lower temperature sensor F20 in the front surface of reservoir F Setting position other than part, be provided with front heat-insulating material F6.Front heat-insulating material F6 be, for example, by melamine foamed plastic, The resin materials such as expanded polypropylene are shaped to obtained from flake.

Hot water supply valve F11, F12, ejection temperature sensor F13 and overflow in above-mentioned hot water spray unit F10 Forward shroud F40 is provided at the arranging position of pipe F14.Forward shroud F40 is, for example, to be carried out by resin materials such as melamine foamed plastics Obtained from molding, there is thermal insulation.

The upper surface of reservoir F is provided with high water level switch F31, low level switch F32, dry combustion method prevent thermocouple F34. Float F2 by being disposed in the inside of reservoir F operates high water level switch F31 and low level switch F32.

That is, when the water level decreasing of reservoir F, float F2 is moved to be located at support shaft downwards as shown in (a) of Figure 72 The lower section of F4.At this point, the state that the top end part as arm sensing F3 operates low level switch F32, is opened from low water level It closes F32 and detects signal to the output (not shown) of case control unit.When exporting detection signal from low level switch F32, case control unit (not shown) stops heater F1, and is driven by the water pump E1 to liquid storage device E to drink to reservoir F supplement Water.

As shown in (b) of Figure 72, when the water level of reservoir F rises, arm sensing F3 is gradually revolved centered on support shaft F4 Turn.When the time point arm sensing F3 for becoming defined water level in reservoir F has carried out operation to high water level switch F31, from height Water level switch F31 output (not shown) to case control unit detects signal.When exporting detection signal from high water level switch F31, case Control unit (not shown) stops the water pump E1 of liquid storage device E, to terminate the supplement of the drinking water to reservoir F.At the same time, right Heater F1 is driven, to heat to the drinking water for being stored in reservoir F.It is according to temperature that dry combustion method, which prevents thermocouple F34, In the same manner as the internal temperature of water tank F come the thermocouple of the bimetallic mode acted, with boiling prevents thermocouple F30, constitute The driving circuit of heater F1 (not shown).The dry combustion method prevents thermocouple F34 from proceeding as follows movement: reservoir F's In the case that internal temperature is more than preset value, the driving circuit of heater F1 is forcibly cut off.

The whole region on the top of reservoir F is covered by upper lid F50.Upper lid F50 is rectangular in lower surface opening Body shape obtained from e.g. being formed as resin materials such as melamine foamed plastics, has thermal insulation.

As shown in Figure 70, exhausted by interior insulating material F35 and outside in the left and right sides and rear surface of reservoir F Hot material F36 is equipped with vacuum heat insulation materials F37.Vacuum heat insulation materials F37 is configured to the tabular that plate thickness is 15mm or so. The flake that interior insulating material F35 is for example 10mm or so in plate thickness, it is poly- by the melamine foamed plastic of excellent heat resistance, foaming The resin materials such as propylene are constituted.The flake that outer thermal insulation F36 is for example 5mm in plate thickness, for protecting vacuum heat insulating material Expect F37.

As shown in Figure 71, it is also equipped in the lower surface of reservoir F such as the tree as melamine foamed plastic, expanded polypropylene The flat lower part heat-insulating material F38 that rouge material is constituted.From the lower surface of reservoir F ejiction opening F39 such as Figure 67 outstanding institute Show like that for connecting implement F60.

Implement F60 is used inside of the hot water using reservoir F come cleaning equipment shell 2, in front end Have nozzle F61, and is made of the flexible pipe for the operating stick F62 for having flushing valve (not shown) at handle.Not to behaviour Make in the case that bar F62 operated, implement F60 is the state of flushing valve closing (not shown), will not be from front end Nozzle F61 sprays hot water.When opening flushing valve (not shown) by the operating stick F62 of handle, it is stored in reservoir F originally Hot water can gush out from the nozzle F61 of front end the inside of apparatus casing 2 is cleaned.Although not expressing in figure, Implement F60 when not in use can be with front end engaging in the state for the engaging portion being arranged in the inside of apparatus casing 2 Storage.Engaging portion is so that the nozzle F61 of the front end of implement F60 is in than the peak level for the hot water stored in reservoir F The state of high position carrys out locking implement F60.Thus, even if flushing valve generation undesirable condition (not shown), will not recruit Cause the state of affairs that the hot water of reservoir F drips from the nozzle F61 of implement F60 under receiving state.

In the reservoir F constituted as described above, it is based on opening from high water level as described above, case control unit is (not shown) The detection signal of F31 and low level switch F32 is closed suitably to drive the water pump E1 of heater F1 and liquid storage device E, in inside By make the hot water for being maintained the desired condition of high temperature be always kept in a fixed state more than water level in a manner of store the hot water.

When being requested from brewing mechanism L, rabbling mechanism J output hot water supply (not shown) to case control unit, to corresponding Hot water supply valve F11, F12 provide instruction, by the hot water supply stored to brewing mechanism L, the cup W of cooking position.

Here, being provided with dry combustion method as described above prevents thermocouple F34 and boiling from preventing thermocouple according to reservoir F F30.Thus, even if original from the point of view of the detection temperature from the detection signal of low level switch F32 or lower temperature sensor F20 Should make heater F1 stop but for example due to the exception that is generated in the driving circuit of heater F1 and heater F1 does not stop In the case where, also due to the temperature of the internal temperature of reservoir F, vapor rises and dry combustion method prevents thermocouple F34, boiling anti- Only thermocouple F30 is acted, to automatically shut off the driving circuit of heater F1.Thereby, it is possible to prevent the following state of affairs in not Right: reservoir F becomes superheat state.

As shown in figure 48, ice machine G is generated ice using the drinking water supplied from liquid storage device E and stores the ice, another party Face is properly supplied ice to cup W by ice supply passageway G1.For ice machine G, be not by driving to water pump E1, and It is that water is supplied from liquid storage device main body E11 by the water level of appropriate adjustment liquid storage device E.In the following, illustrating the ice making of auger mode Machine.

As shown in Figure 73, ice machine G has ice making unit G10, ice storage portion G20 and lower ice chute G30.As shown in Figure 74, Ice making unit G10 has auger G12 in the inside of ice-making device G11.Ice-making device G11 is metal cylindrical structural member, in its week It encloses and has refrigerant passage G13.Refrigerant passage G13 is functioned as evaporator, as shown in Figure 179 and compressor N2, condenser N5, expansion valve N15 constitute refrigerating circuit together.As shown in Figure 73, in the state that refrigerating circuit is driven to In the case where the inside supply drinking water of ice-making device G11, refrigerant passage G13 cools down drinking water drinking water is made to exist The inner icing of ice-making device G11.There is auger G12 spiral helicine bite G12a, bite G12a to be arranged to can be with With the state of the inner peripheral surface sliding contact of ice-making device G11 ice-making device G11 internal rotating.Auger G12 is via speed reducer G14 To link with drive motor G15.Auger G12 cuts the ice for taking and tying in ice-making device G11 in driven situation, and will The ice for cutting the sheet taken is gradually fed into top.The inner upper end of above-mentioned ice-making device G11 is provided with fixing cutter G16.Gu Stationary knife G16 compresses the ice of the sheet fed by auger G12 rodlike be solidified as the ice.

Ice storage portion G20 is the thermally insulated container of bottomed cylindrical, has storage chamber G21 in inside.Ice storage portion G20 is set to The top of ice-making device G11, storage chamber G21 come and ice-making device G11 via the communication cylinder G22 for the bottom for being set to ice storage portion G20 Inside connection.

Storage chamber G21 is provided with rotary shaft G23, blender G24, partition member G25, detecting plate G26 and ice storage amount Search switch G27.Rotary shaft G23 is protruded upward from the upper end of auger G12, can be rotated together with auger G12.It stirs Mixing device G24 is from the radial more cylindrical elements outstanding of rotary shaft G23.Each blender G24 is set to rotary shaft G23 Circumferential surface height position different from each other, and tilted in a manner of with whereabouts periphery and gradually downward or upwards.With rotation The blender G24 that axis G23 rotates together has and will be solidified as rodlike ice by auger G12 and fracture next life flakiness shape Borneol function, and having by being stirred in the inside of storage chamber G21 prevents borneol to be fused into big ice cube The function of the state of affairs.

Partition member G25 is the substantially disk-shaped component for covering the inner bottom surface of storage chamber G21, has communication in central part Hole G25a, and there is a large amount of drainage hole (not shown) as the part around communication hole G25a.Communication hole G25a be With the circular notch that is connected to of upper end opening of communication cylinder G22, inside penetrated through by rotary shaft G23.Drainage hole is created as The diameter circular hole smaller than the diameter for the hole G25a that communicates.Above-mentioned partition member G25 is formed by metals such as stainless steels Obtained from.Detecting plate G26 is arranged to move up and down on the top of storage chamber G21.Detecting plate G26 is in common state Under underlying state is maintained due to self weight.On the other hand, when the ice of storage chamber G21 is stored near upper end, quilt The detecting plate G26 of ice pressing is moved upward.Ice storage amount search switch G27 is right in the case where detecting plate G26 is moved upward Make ice control unit output detectable signal (not shown).When exporting detectable signal from ice storage amount search switch G27, refrigerating circuit stops Only, and drive motor G15 stops, therefore the generation of ice stops.

In addition, in lower part, circumferential surface is provided with discharge port G21a in storage chamber G21.Discharge port G21a will be in being stored in The ice in portion is ejected into outside.Discharge port G21a is provided with shutter door G28, and is connected with lower ice chute G30.

Shutter door G28 is set to ice storage portion G20 in a manner of discharge port G21a can be opened and closed.In the shutter door G28 is connected with a solenoid G29.Door solenoid G29 in the case where being unmagnetized, shutter door G28 be reset spring G29a maintenance For the state for closing discharge port G21a.When door solenoid G29 is excited, shutter door G28 is made to resist reset spring G29a's Elastic force moves, and is maintained the state for opening discharge port G21a.

Lower ice chute G30 collects the ice from discharge port G21a releasing to be transported to downstream, and lower ice chute G30 and ice supply are logical The upper end of road G1 connects.Lower ice chute G30 is provided with ice basis weight sensor G31.Ice basis weight sensor G31 detection collects The throughput of ice afterwards will test result and be output to ice making control unit (not shown).Ice making control unit (not shown) in, from for Open shutter door G28 and solenoid G29 carries out excitation on the door time lights the detection for successively adding up ice basis weight sensor G31 As a result, and being compared with preset value.In the case where accumulated result becomes preset value, controlled by ice making Portion (not shown) makes a solenoid G29 demagnetization to close shutter door G28.As a result, the cup W supply to downstream is preset solid Quantitative ice.

As cup conveying mechanism H, the cup conveying mechanism H-1 and underslung cup conveying mechanism H-2 of 3 shaft types are instantiated.It is first First illustrate the cup conveying mechanism H-1 of 3 shaft types.

The cup W that the cup conveying mechanism H-1 of 3 shaft types is fed into glass supply position is transported to cooking position via position is received It sets, is transported to the sale locations in face of taking out mouth mechanism S later.Cup conveying mechanism H-1 is for example set to the inside of apparatus casing 2 Raw material feed mechanism D lower section.Cup conveying mechanism H-1 is able to carry out the 3 axis movement of X-direction, Y-direction, Z-direction, wherein X Direction is left and right directions when seeing cup type automatic vendor 1 from front, and Y-direction is depth direction, and Z-direction is short transverse.Root According to specification difference, can also be configured to that the 2 axis actuating mechanisms of the XY of the mechanism of Z-direction are omitted.As described above, in cup conveyer The draining tray A10 of the beverage, raw material of catching spilling is provided with below structure H-1.

As shown in Figure 76, cup conveying mechanism H-1 has XY platform H10 and cup grasping device H12.Illustrate XY platform H10 first.

XY platform H10 has the X-axis portion H14 extended in X direction and is equipped on the upper surface of X-axis portion H14 and prolongs along Y-direction The Y-axis portion H16 stretched.Y-axis portion H16 can be made to move in X direction using X-axis portion H14.Cup grasping device H12 is equipped on Y-axis portion The upper surface of H16 can be moved using Y-axis portion H16 along Y-direction.

X-axis portion H14 has X-axis cover H18, X-axis conveying motor H20, X-axis motor driver H22, X-axis driving pulley Near H24, X-axis driven pulley H25, X-axis synchronous belt H26, X-axis adjustment screw H28, X-axis origin sensor H30 and both ends Anti-off board H32.

X-axis cover H18 is the upper surface panel for carrying Y-axis portion H16, gentle arc surface is formed when in terms of X-direction, with easy In carrying, guidance Y-axis portion H16.In addition, being protected by X-axis cover H18 from pollution inside X-axis portion H14, and make it easy to It cleans.

It is the stepping motor driven in X direction to Y-axis portion H16 that X-axis, which conveys motor H20, is set to X-axis portion Near the left end of the inside of H14.X-axis motor driver H22 is the driver for driving X-axis conveying motor H20, defeated with X-axis Power transmission motivation H20 is close to configuration to improve noise immunity.

X-axis driving pulley H24 is set to the output shaft of X-axis conveying motor H20, X-axis synchronous belt H26 is wound with, by X-axis The rotary motion of conveying motor H20 is transformed to the reciprocating motion of X-direction.It is provided near the right end of the inside of X-axis portion H14 X-axis driven pulley H25, X-axis synchronous belt H26 are to be wound in X-axis driving pulley H24 and X-axis driven belt almost without loose mode It takes turns between H25, part of it is fixed on Y-axis portion H16.

X-axis adjustment screw H28 is the screw for carrying out the elasticity adjustment of X-axis synchronous belt H26, is utilized in maintenance etc..

X-axis origin sensor H30 is the sensor of the visible light cut-off type for detecting the origin position of X-axis.In this reality It applies in mode, as X-axis origin sensor H30, using the Photo Interrupter of dust-protection type, anti-pollution resistance to changes year in year out.

Anti-off board H32 is the anti-falling piece of Y-axis portion H16, is set in the necessary operation range both ends inside apparatus casing 2.

About X-axis portion H14, the rotary motion of X-axis conveying motor H20 is passed to X-axis via X-axis driving pulley H24 Synchronous belt H26 is rotated by the ring-type of X-axis synchronous belt H26, and Y-axis portion H16 is mobile towards each stop position in X-direction.Pass through The step-by-step counting rotation number that X-axis conveys motor H20 controls to determine the moving distance until each stop position.

X-axis portion H14 makes Y-axis portion H16 mobile towards X-axis position of readiness at the end of each sale, senses by X-axis origin Device H30 detect Y-axis portion H16 arrived X-axis position of readiness time point make X-axis conveying motor H20 stop.X-axis standby position Set the rightmost side of e.g. X-axis portion H14.

Y-axis portion H16 has Y-axis cover H34, Y-axis conveying motor H36, Y-axis motor driver H38, Y-axis driving pulley It is H40, Y-axis driven pulley H41, Y-axis synchronous belt H42, Y-axis adjustment screw H44, Y-axis origin sensor H46, anti-near both ends De- plate H48 and Y-axis locking solenoid H50.

Y-axis cover H34 is the upper surface panel for carrying cup grasping device H12, and gentle circular arc is formed when in terms of Y-direction Face is easy to carry, guidance cup grasping device H12.In addition, protected by Y-axis cover H34 from pollution inside Y-axis portion H16, and And it makes it easy to clean.

It is the stepping motor driven to Y-axis portion H16 along Y-direction that Y-axis, which conveys motor H36, is set to Y-axis portion Near the rear end of the inside of H16.Y-axis motor driver H38 is the driver for driving Y-axis conveying motor H36, defeated with Y-axis Power transmission motivation H36 is close to configuration to improve noise immunity.

Y-axis driving pulley H40 is set to the output shaft of Y-axis conveying motor H36, Y-axis synchronous belt H42 is wound with, by Y-axis The rotary motion of conveying motor H36 is transformed to the reciprocating motion of Y-direction.It is provided near the front end of the inside of Y-axis portion H16 Y-axis driven pulley H41, Y-axis synchronous belt H42 are to be wound in Y-axis driving pulley H40 and Y-axis driven belt almost without loose mode It takes turns between H41, part of it is fixed on a glass grasping device H12.

Y-axis adjustment screw H44 is the screw for carrying out the elasticity adjustment of Y-axis synchronous belt H42, is utilized in maintenance etc..

Y-axis origin sensor H46 is the sensor of the visible light cut-off type for detecting the origin position of Y-axis.In this reality It applies in mode, as Y-axis origin sensor H46, using the Photo Interrupter of dust-protection type, anti-pollution resistance to changes year in year out.

Anti-off board H48 is a glass anti-falling piece of grasping device H12, the necessary operation range two being set in inside apparatus casing 2 End.The receiving load of anti-off board H48 is smaller, is set to smaller than anti-off board H32.

Y-axis locking solenoid H50 is for by the way that a part of Y-axis synchronous belt H42 is fixed come lock cup grasping device The solenoid of the Y-direction position of H12.According to the lock function of Y-axis locking solenoid H50, even if being configured in cup grasping device H12 Outlet door S10 is opened after in the retainer S14 for taking out mouth mechanism S (referring to Fig.1 95), hand is protruded into retainer by user Come to contact with a part of cup W or cup grasping device H12 thus along Y-direction applied force in S14, can also limit a glass grasping device The displacement of H12 can steadily load a glass W.In addition, as described above, cup grasping device H12 passes through protrusion in retainer S14 Piece S30 (referring to Fig.1 97) is also fixed in the X direction, therefore the result is that cup grasping device H12 in the x-direction and the z-direction by It is fixed.

About Y-axis portion H16, the rotary motion of Y-axis conveying motor H36 is passed to Y-axis via Y-axis driving pulley H40 Synchronous belt H42 is rotated by the ring-type of Y-axis synchronous belt H42, and cup grasping device H12 is moved towards each stop position in Y-direction It is dynamic.The step-by-step counting rotation number control of motor H36 is conveyed by Y-axis to determine the moving distance until each stop position.

Y-axis portion H16 makes glass grasping device H12 mobile towards Y-axis position of readiness at the end of each sale, by Y-axis original Point sensor H46 detect glass grasping device H12 arrived Y-axis position of readiness time point make Y-axis conveying motor H36 stop Only.Y-axis position of readiness is, for example, most inboard on Y-axis portion H16.

Cup grasping device H12 has the function and Z axis holding function for holding cup W.Z axis movement can be according to cup W's Size carries out 2 grades or more of displacement, and the actuating range of Z axis actuating range ratio XY platform H10 is small.

As shown in Figure 77, cup grasping device H12 is constituted using the shell H160 as mechanism receiving portion as matrix, have from The lower section of shell H160 towards front (positive direction) horizontally outstanding H181, from the central portion of shell H160 forwards A pair of cup baffle H182L, H182R outstanding and a pair of of the guide plate H183 for two side of lower part for being projected into shell H160.? In Figure 77, a guide plate H183 is hidden in the rear side of shell H160, with the guide plate H183 bilateral symmetry for being exposed to front side.

Platform H181 is the cup receiving platform caught from the cup feed mechanism C cup W supplied.Platform H181 is provided with more in lattice shape A hole, to avoid the accumulation such as beverage of spilling.

The gap for ensuring to have Y-direction between platform H181 and cup baffle H182L, H182R.Entering aftermentioned outlet When in the retainer S14 of mechanism S (referring to Fig.1 97), the optical axis for taking out cup detection sensor S24a, S24b passes through this H181 With the gap between cup baffle H182L, H182R, the presence or absence of cup W is detected.

Guide plate H183 is the two sides for clamping Y-axis portion H16 and the part that driving force is passed from Y-axis portion H16.Guidance Piece H183 is driven by Y-axis portion H16, and thus the entirety of cup grasping device H12 is moved along Y-direction.In addition, the guide plate H183 of left and right X-direction width be configured to than take out mouth mechanism S in a pair of of protrusion tab S30 inner width it is slightly smaller.Thus, when cup grasping device H12 move forwards and platform H181 be configured in take out mouth mechanism S retainer S14 in when, left and right guide plate H183 enter Between a pair of of protrusion tab S30.Even if user is in X direction to cup W and cup conveying mechanism H-1 applied force as a result, due to guide plate H183 is abutted with protrusion tab S30, therefore the displacement of cup grasping device H12 is also limited, to steadily load cup W.

As shown in Figure 77 and Figure 78, it is former to have Z axis drive motor H184, Z axis in the shell H160 of cup grasping device H12 Point switch H185, Z axis position detecting switch H186, Z axis guiding piece H187 and a pair of H axis actuating arm H188.

The cup W that a pair of of cup baffle H182L, H182R is caught from two-side supporting by platform H181, respectively in a manner of it can be opened and closed It is supported by H axis actuating arm H188.The opening and closing direction is set as the direction H.

Z axis drive motor H184 is to make platform H181 (Z-direction) mobile motor along the vertical direction.Cup baffle H182L, H182R is integrally moved up and down with platform H181.Z axis origin switch H185 is the switch of the Z axis origin position of monitor station H181.? In present embodiment, as Z axis origin switch H185, using the Photo Interrupter of dust-protection type, anti-pollution resistance to changes year in year out.Z axis position Set the switch that detection switch H186 is the Z-direction position of stepwise monitor station H181.Z axis guiding piece H187 is guided along Z-direction Platform H181 makes its position and stable posture.A pair of of H axis actuating arm H188 is closely arranged in the X direction, is to make a glass baffle The axis of H182L, H182R opening and closing.Cup baffle H182L, H182R can be removed and be replaced relative to H axis actuating arm H188.

In addition, also can be omitted Z in the case that the height of the cup W utilized in cup type automatic vendor 1 is 1 type Axis drive motor H184 etc. acts related structural element with Z axis.

In cup grasping device H12, the rotary motion of Z axis drive motor H184 is transmitted to platform H181, platform H181 direction Each stop position is gone up and down along Z-direction.The moving distance until each stop position is detected by Z axis position detecting switch H186. When equal platforms H181 drops to the position of readiness of downside at the end of sale, the situation is detected using Z axis origin switch H185, The time point stops Z axis drive motor H184.

Then, illustrate a pair of of cup baffle H182L, H182R and its periphery element.As shown in Figure 79, left side when being seen from front The cup baffle H182L of side has axle portion H182L1, the gear part H182L2 for the upper end for being set to axle portion H182L1, from axle portion Baffle arm H182L3 that the centre of H182L1 extends forwards, it is arranged to be connected and be formed as downside with baffle arm H182L3 In the semicylindrical cup handle part H182L4 of constriction, it is arranged to be connected with cup handle part H182L4 and extends towards left diagonally forward Baffle portion H182L5, from the centre of axle portion H182L1 slightly below towards right rear ramp extend arm H182L6.

As shown in Figure 80, the cup baffle H182R on right side when seeing from front is in the same manner as the cup baffle H182L in left side, tool Have axle portion H182R1, the gear part H182R2 for the upper end for being set to axle portion H182R1, from the centre of axle portion H182R1 forwards The baffle arm H182R3 of extension, it is arranged to be connected with baffle arm H182R3 and be formed as downside in the semicylindrical of constriction Cup handle part H182R4, be arranged to be connected with cup handle part H182R4 and towards the baffle portion H182R5 of right diagonally forward extension, from The arm H182R6 that the centre of axle portion H182R1 extends towards left rear ramp slightly below.

The axle portion H182R1 of the cup baffle H182R of the axle portion H182L1 and right side of the cup baffle H182L in left side is can revolve The mode turned is supported on shell H160, the intermeshing of gear part H182L2, H182R2.Thus, when the cup baffle for opening left side When H182L (making its being rotated clockwise in Figure 79), the cup baffle H182R on right side can also open (inverse in Figure 80 Clockwise rotation), when open right side cup baffle H182R when on the left of cup baffle H182L can also open.

As shown in Figure 78, left side cup baffle H182L arm H182L6 and right side cup baffle H182R arm Between H182R6, it is provided with spring (draft helical spring) H189, utilizes the elastic restoring force of spring H189, the cup baffle in left side The H182L and cup baffle H182R on right side is closed.

Inner peripheral surface and right side as shown in Figure 79 and Figure 80, in the cup handle part H182L4 of the cup baffle H182L in left side The inner peripheral surface of the cup handle part H182R4 of cup baffle H182R, is provided with multiple rib H182L7, the H182R7 extended along short transverse (cup baffle H182L, H182R shown in Figure 79 and Figure 80 are each provided with two respectively).Rib H182L7, H182R7 are with small area The cup W for being supplied to glass baffle H182L, H182R is supported, it to avoid the inner peripheral surface of cup handle part H182L4, H182R4 can be with cup W Cup body portion contact, thus even if for some reason and beverage is attached to a glass inner peripheral surface of handle part H182L4, H182R4 In the case where, cup W will not be contaminated.By the way that such as in total 4 ribs H182L7, H182R7 are arranged, 4 dot points are carried out to cup W To ensure the stability conveyed.

As shown in Figure 79, the baffle arm H182L3 of the cup baffle H182L in left side is provided with a pair of of square hole up and down H182L3a is equipped with accessory H190 in a manner of assemble and unassemble.

As shown in Figure 80, right side cup baffle H182R baffle arm H182R3 in addition to being provided with a pair of of square hole up and down Other than H182R3a, it is provided with square hole H182R3b, between square hole H182R3a and square hole H182R3a also with assemble and unassemble side Formula is equipped with accessory H190.

Accessory H190 be it is symmetrical above and below, portion and the other end are provided with claw H190a at one end, claw H190a with Protrusion H190b is provided between claw H190a.

Accessory H190 can be installed on baffle arm H182L3 and the right side of the cup baffle H182L in left side as described above The baffle arm H182R3 of cup baffle H182R.As shown in Figure 79, accessory H190 is being installed on to the cup baffle H182L's in left side In the case where baffle arm H182L3, protrusion H190b knocks baffle arm H182L3, determines the overhang of accessory H190.Separately On the one hand, as shown in Figure 80, the case where accessory H190 to be installed on to the baffle arm H182R3 of cup baffle H182R on right side Under, protrusion H190b is inserted into square hole H182R3b, determines the overhang of accessory H190.Thus, accessory H190 is being installed on a left side Overhang is big in the case where the cup baffle H182L of side, and in the case where being installed on the cup baffle H182R on right side, overhang is small.This It is meant that the aperture of cup baffle is big in the case where accessory H190 to be installed on to the cup baffle H182L in left side, it is suitable for holding cup body The cup W of Zhou Chang great.And it is meant that by accessory H190 be installed on right side cup baffle H182R in the case where cup baffle aperture It is small, suitable for holding the small cup W of cup body perimeter.

Then, underslung cup conveying mechanism H-2 is illustrated referring to Figure 81, Figure 82, Figure 83 and Figure 84.The suspension type cup Conveying mechanism H-2, which is for example equipped on, is classified as subminiature cup type automatic vendor 1.Be classified as it is subminiature it is cup type from In dynamic vending machine 1, for flowering structure: with S pairs of mouth mechanism of cup feed mechanism C, raw material feed mechanism D, rabbling mechanism J and taking-up The position of the cup W answered is configured to linearly, not need the movement of Y-direction (depth direction) in X direction (left and right directions).In addition, The size of cup W is limited to a type, does not also need the movement of Z-direction (short transverse) corresponding with size, therefore cup conveys Mechanism H-2 is easy 1 axis (X-axis) mobile mechanism.

Cup conveying mechanism H-2 is the mechanism for moving glass grasping device H201 in X direction.Cup grasping device H201 is in cup Cup immediately below feed mechanism C receives the cup W that position reception is supplied from cup feed mechanism C to keep the mechanism of this glass of W, is equivalent to Above-mentioned cup grasping device H12 (referring to Figure 77).But Z axis drive motor H184 etc. is omitted and acts related knot with Z axis Structure element.

Taking out mouth mechanism S (referring to Figure 84) is the place that user takes out cup W, is in the center for being set to front surface door 3 Framework at the easy construction of outlet door S10 is installed.It takes out mouth mechanism S and is equivalent to above-mentioned taking-up mouth mechanism S (referring to figure 194), but the retainer S14 of back side is omitted, can enters from X-direction and takes out mouth mechanism S.

Figure 81 is to indicate that the cup that glass grasping device H201 is configured immediately below (conveying) to cup feed mechanism C receives position The perspective view of the state of (position of readiness), Figure 82 are the perspective views for indicating the cup conveying mechanism H-2 of conveying cup grasping device H201.

Cup conveying mechanism H-2 has cup grasping device H201 and track H202.Track H202 is in the substantially whole of apparatus casing 2 Extend in X direction on a inner width, according to sale preparatory process, holds cup handle by the slide mass of lower surface (not shown) Device H201 is successively moved in X direction.Cup grasping device H201 is fixed as suspension type relative to slide mass, receives from cup and supplies machine The cup W of structure C supply simultaneously keeps this glass of W.Cup grasping device H201 has for receiving from the cup feed mechanism C cup W supplied and carrying Set this glass of W platform H181 and for hold received cup W side wall cup baffle H182L, H182R.Platform H181 and cup gear Plate H182L, H182R in above-mentioned cup grasping device H12 (referring to Figure 77) platform H181 and cup baffle H182L, H182R it is basic It is identical.

Cup baffle H182L, H182R and platform H181 of cup grasping device H201 is configured on the lower and more forward than track H202 The position of side for cup feed mechanism C, raw material feed mechanism D, rabbling mechanism J and can take out the appropriately configured institute of mouth mechanism S The cup W of holding.

Track H202 end have cup convey motor H203, when by control unit R to cup convey motor H203 into When row driving, carry out conveying cup grasping device H201 in X direction by synchronous belt (not shown) and slide mass so that cup grasping device H201 is mobile.

This glass of conveying mechanism H-2 is provided with powder pallet H204.Powder pallet H204 is supplied for catching from raw material The agitating paddle J10 of rabbling mechanism J is put into after glass W and rotate by droplet powder when mechanism D supplies from powder raw material to cup W Beverage droplet when being stirred etc. is to prevent the reception container of the pollution inside apparatus casing 2.It is arranged in powder pallet H204 Having will be in that the cup W of vacant state discards the cup of discarded cup H205 and discards hole H204a, cup and discard in cup feed mechanism C The hole edge H204b of hole H204a.Also, it is provided with from brewing mechanism L discharge and extracts container containing slag H208 input by slag etc..

Figure 83 is to indicate to carry out detecting and detecting cup to the cup W for being supplied to glass grasping device H201 from cup feed mechanism C Signal is output to the figure of the equipping position of a pair of of cup detection sensor H206 of control unit R.As shown in the drawing, cup detection sensor H206 is the photoelectric acquisition sensor being made of light-emitting component H206a and light receiving element H206b, is put when from light-emitting component H206a When light out is blocked by the cup W for supplying/falling from cup feed mechanism C, control unit R can know that a glass W is fed into cup handle and holds dress Set H201.Light-emitting component H206a is installed on the left side wall inner surface of apparatus casing 2, and light receiving element H206b is installed on apparatus casing 2 right side wall inner surface.

The height of light-emitting component H206a and light receiving element H206b be set at platform H181 and cup baffle H182L, H182R it Between, optical axis will not be blocked by the object other than cup W, can not only be visited with being influenced by platform H181 and cup baffle H182L, H182R Survey cup W.

Cup detection sensor H206 is equivalent to above-mentioned taking-up cup detection sensor S24a, S24b (referring to Fig.1 95), but It is installation site difference.In above-mentioned taking-up cup detection sensor S24a, S24b, only detects a glass W and be transported into taking-up In mouth mechanism S, in contrast, in cup detection sensor H206, a glass W can be detected and be transported into taking-up mouth mechanism S, simultaneously And can detect from cup feed mechanism C and cup W has been properly supplied to cup grasping device H201, it is quite reasonable.

When the cup that is configured in cup grasping device H201 immediately below glass feed mechanism C receive other than position position (for example, Powder raw material receives position) when cup feed mechanism C when a glass W being made to drop to discarded cup H205, cup detection sensor H206 This can be detected and fall movement.

In this configuration, using the expression cup feed mechanism C of Figure 84, cup grasping device H201, raw material feed mechanism D, Rabbling mechanism J, the perspective view of mouth mechanism S is taken out to briefly describe cup conveying control of the control unit R to cup type automatic vendor 1.

Cup grasping device H201 is pre-configured in position of readiness immediately below glass feed mechanism C, that is cup received bit It sets.By making position of readiness and cup received bit be set to same position, sale time can be shortened.When by cup type automatic vending When the user of machine 1 is operable to provide cup supply instruction to cup feed mechanism C from control unit R to operation inputting part U1, drive Dynamic device C40 is driven to supply cup W from cup feed mechanism C.Dress is held when the cup W supplied from cup feed mechanism C drops to cup handle When setting H201, cup detection sensor H206 detects a glass W, and cup detectable signal is provided to control unit R.

Control unit R when to cup feed mechanism C output cup supply instruction after within the stipulated time from cup detection sensor When H206 receives glass detectable signal, it is identified as being held in a glass grasping device H201 from the cup W that cup feed mechanism C is supplied.It Afterwards, control unit R is powered to cup conveying motor H203 to make a glass grasping device H201 successively be moved to raw material feed mechanism D, stir Each equipping position of mechanism J is mixed to cook beverage in cup W, and is delivered to and takes out mouth mechanism S.When the cup W equipped with beverage is defeated It send to the outlet door S10 for taking out mouth mechanism S and user's opening taking-up mouth mechanism S and takes out the beverage being equipped with after cooking When cup W, the cup detectable signal from cup detection sensor H206 stops.Cup grasping device H201 is by cup conveying mechanism H-2 as a result, Stop after being transported to position of readiness, cup type automatic vendor 1 becomes selling standby mode.

In addition, may be produced when falling/supplying glass W to cup grasping device H201 from the sale cup column WK of cup feed mechanism C The raw following state of affairs: due to the influence of electrostatic, cup W is stayed in glass feed mechanism C and is become vacant state, is not fallen to cup handle and is held dress Set H201.In this case, cup detectable signal, therefore control unit R are not supplied from cup detection sensor H206 at the appointed time Identify that a glass W is not delivered to a glass grasping device H201.

In this case, control unit R makes glass grasping device H201 be moved to the standby position immediately below glass feed mechanism C first Position (for example, powder raw material reception position) other than setting.

Then, control unit R falls a glass W from sale cup column WK again again to cup feed mechanism C output cup supply instruction Under.As a result, it is upper be once released after fall another glass of new W on cup W hanging at cup feed mechanism C, due to it The self weight of impact and 2 cup W, vacant state are eliminated, and 2 cup W drop to discarded cup H205.At this point, 2 cup W only exist The optical axis of blocking light-emitting component H206a and light receiving element H206b in short time, therefore control unit R can be detected according to cup and be sensed 2 cup W have suitably been discharged to identify in the detection signal of device H206.In addition, cup detection sensor H206 both can with it is above-mentioned Cup fall detection sensor C38 share, detection sensor C38 phase can also be fallen with cup and is respectively arranged.

On the other hand, it is possible to ride over the hole edge H204b of the discarded hole H204a of cup from 2 cup W that cup feed mechanism C is discharged And it stops.Control unit R can make glass grasping device H201 in standby position when keeping glass grasping device H201 mobile to position of readiness The front set periodically is slowed down, and the cup W for riding over hole edge H204b is thus properly guided to the discarded hole H204a of cup to discard. In addition, control unit R also can be by making glass grasping device H201 in standby position when making glass grasping device H201 to position of readiness The front set temporarily ceases, and the cup W for riding over hole edge H204b is properly guided to the discarded hole H204a of cup to discard.Also, Control unit R can also be by making glass grasping device H201 in position of readiness when keeping glass grasping device H201 mobile to position of readiness Front temporarily cease and invert mobile, then mobile to position of readiness again, the cup W of hole edge H204b will be ridden over suitably It is directed to cup and discards hole H204a to discard.

By this operation, even if cup W rides over hole edge H204b, cup W also can be suitably discarded without generating cup W Shrivel equal undesirable conditions.

As shown in Figure 85, there is rabbling mechanism J-1 agitating paddle J10, agitating paddle electric rotating motivation J11 and agitating paddle to go up and down Motor J12.In addition, rabbling mechanism J-1 has standby height detection switch (microswitch) J13, agitated height detection sensing Upward guide piece J15, hot water nozzle J16, coffee supply nozzle J17 and leaf tea supply spray on device (optical sensor) J14, agitating paddle Mouth J18.Rabbling mechanism J-1 is provided with ice supply unit (not shown).

Agitating paddle J10 is installed on the drive shaft of agitating paddle electric rotating motivation J11 for being stirred to the beverage in cup W The lower end of J10a, when rotating agitating paddle electric rotating motivation J11, agitating paddle J10 rotation.Agitating paddle J10 plays good drink Expect whipping performance, and in the shape for preventing beverage when stirring from dispersing.

Agitating paddle elevating motor J12 is for making agitating paddle J10 together with agitating paddle electric rotating motivation J11 relative to equipment Shell 2 is gone up and down.It specifically describes, agitating paddle elevating motor J12 is installed on apparatus casing 2, functions as follows: logical It crosses and is rotated to make agitating paddle J10 drop to agitated height, from stirring from standby height together with agitating paddle electric rotating motivation J11 It mixes height and rises to standby height.

When agitating paddle J10 declines and is moved to agitated height, agitated height detection sensor J14 is opened.Work as agitating paddle When J10 rises and is moved to standby height, standby height detection switch J13 is connected.Standby height detection switch J13 be used for into The detection of the origin position of row agitating paddle J10.

Upward guide piece J15 carries out keeping agitating paddle J10 and agitating paddle electric rotating motivation J11 steady with position/attitude on agitating paddle The guidance that fixed mode moves up and down.

Hot water nozzle J16 to connect with reservoir F via hot water supply pipe F11a, has the function to cup W supply hot water And the function of being cleaned to agitating paddle J10 supply hot water.Hot water nozzle J16 is set to the position more slightly higher than agitating paddle J10 It sets, agitating paddle J10 can not only be cleaned, additionally it is possible to clean drive shaft J10a.

Coffee supply nozzle J17 and leaf tea supply nozzle J18 are connect with brewing mechanism L, can supply coffee, leaf to cup W Tea.

In the underface of rabbling mechanism J-1, a glass W is configured by cup grasping device H12, is inserted into agitating paddle J10, and And hot water, ice, coffee, leaf tea (and cold water can also be supplied according to specification), the underface quilt of rabbling mechanism J-1 can be supplied Cooking position as the cooking for carrying out beverage.

The elemental motion of rabbling mechanism J-1 is as follows.

That is, making agitating paddle J10 stop at standby height so that standby height detection switchs in the case where selling standby mode J13 is connected.Then, decline agitating paddle J10 by agitating paddle elevating motor J12 when cup W, which is transported into, cooks position, Agitated height detection sensor J14 stops agitating paddle J10 at the time of unlatching.It is being injected with the type of beverage to correspondingly cup W After hot water, ice, coffee, leaf tea, agitating paddle J10 rotation is made by agitating paddle electric rotating motivation J11 to carry out the cooking of beverage. Can by mixing control portion (not shown) setting come arbitrarily adjust agitating paddle electric rotating motivation J11 at this time revolving speed and Rotational time.

Later, make agitating paddle elevating motor J12 reversion increase agitating paddle J10, and utilize from hot water nozzle J16 The hot water of releasing is stirred the cleaning of paddle J10.Then, make to stir at the time of standby height detection switch J13 becomes and connecting Mix paddle elevating motor J12 stopping.It is also possible to cup W after cooking position movement, making agitating paddle J10 and drive shaft J10a declines and applies hot water to be cleaned.It can be, in the case where hot beverage, as the rising of agitating paddle J10 carries out Hot water cleaning in the case where cold drink, rises in cleaning hot water injection cup W agitating paddle J10 temporarily and keeps out of the way a glass W Later, make agitating paddle J10 decline to be cleaned, make to clean hot water discharge.

Illustrate the movement of rabbling mechanism J-1 in further detail.

In the case where cup W has received powder raw material from sliding slot D20, agitating paddle J10 decline and rotate, be stirred with Avoid powder raw material dissolution incomplete.Then, when being filled with hot water, normal coffee, leaf tea etc. to cup W, cup conveying mechanism H-1 (referring to Figure 76) makes glass W be moved to the taking-up mouth mechanism S as sale locations.

In the case where the beverage to be sold is leaf tea and adds granulated sugar or buttered situation, make a glass grasping device H12 (reference figure 77) it is moved to before cooking position, declines agitating paddle J10, and open hot water valve, thus rinse agitating paddle J10.

Specifically, agitating paddle elevating motor J12 is driven, decline agitating paddle J10, and open hot water valve.In It is that agitating paddle J10 declines and is applied hot water (powder hot water) from hot water supply pipe F11a, to be rinsed.Then, work as warp When spending the preset time, hot water valve is closed.Later, agitating paddle elevating motor J12 is driven, and agitating paddle J10 rises. Then, stop agitating paddle elevating motor J12 when standby height detection switch J13 becomes connecting.

In the case where the beverage to be sold is to add the beverage of granulated sugar, pass through the screw rod electricity to the tank D10 for containing granulated sugar Motivation D31 is driven, and releases granulated sugar from tank D10 to sliding slot D20.Then, the granulated sugar released temporarily is contained in sliding slot D20。

Similarly, in the case where the beverage to be sold is buttered beverage, by the tank D10 for containing dry cream Screw motor D31 driven, from tank D10 to sliding slot D20 release dry cream.The dry cream released temporarily is accommodated In sliding slot D20.

In the case where the beverage to be sold is normal coffee, by the coffee for containing the raw material as normal coffee The screw motor D31 of the tank D10 of beans is driven, and supplies coffee bean from tank D10 to grinder K.It is supplied to grinder K's Coffee bean is sent to grinding knife by auger screw D19 in sliding slot D20, is thus crushed and becomes beans end.Coffee as beans end Coffee beans are fed into brewing mechanism L (referring to Figure 98) and inject the hot water supplied from reservoir F, thus extract normal coffee.

In the case where the beverage to be sold is leaf tea, by the screw motor D31 to the tank D10 for containing tealeaves into Row driving supplies tealeaves from tank D10 to grinder K.The tealeaves of grinder K is supplied in sliding slot D20 by auger screw D19 is sent to grinding knife, is thus crushed.Smashed tealeaves is fed into leaf tea brewing machine and injects and supplies from reservoir F Thus hot water extracts leaf tea.

When the beverage to be sold has been determined, cup conveying mechanism H-1 makes a glass grasping device H12 by driving XY platform H10 A glass supply position is moved to from defined position of readiness.When cup grasping device H12 is moved to glass supply position, cup feed mechanism Cup W is supplied to a glass grasping device H12 by C.

Then, in the case where the beverage to be sold is to add the beverage of granulated sugar, a glass grasping device H12 is made to be moved to reception sand The reception position (the temporarily lower section of the sliding slot D20 of receiving granulated sugar) of sugar, thus the shell H160 of cup grasping device H12 makes selector The bar portion D53a of D53 is rearward mobile (for the right in Figure 40).As a result, gate D22 is opened, from sliding slot D20 to cup W Release granulated sugar.

In the case where the beverage to be sold is buttered beverage, as long as a glass grasping device H12 is made to be moved to reception milk The reception position (the temporarily lower section of the sliding slot D20 of receiving cream) of oil, then similarly, gate D22 is opened, from sliding slot D20 Cream is released to cup W.

In the case where the beverage to be sold is normal coffee, then, it is moved to a glass grasping device H12 and cooks position, Normal coffee is injected into cup W.In the case where the normal coffee to be sold adds granulated sugar or buttered situation, make agitating paddle J10 decline simultaneously And rotate, to be stirred to normal coffee, thus avoid granulated sugar, creamer dissolved incomplete.

In the case where the beverage to be sold is leaf tea, then, it is moved to a glass grasping device H12 and cooks position, by leaf Tea injects cup W.In the case where the leaf tea to be sold adds granulated sugar or buttered situation, declines agitating paddle J10 and rotate, to leaf Tea is stirred, and thus avoids granulated sugar, creamer dissolved incomplete.

When being filled with beverage to cup W, cup conveying mechanism H-1 makes a glass grasping device by being driven to XY platform H10 H12 is moved to sale locations from position is cooked.

If cup grasping device H12, which is moved to, takes out mouth mechanism S (referring to Fig.1 95), by opening outlet door S10, The cup W for being injected with beverage can be fetched into outside machine.

Then, rabbling mechanism J-2 involved in variation is illustrated referring to Figure 86 and Figure 87.It is right in rabbling mechanism J-2 Structural element identical with above-mentioned rabbling mechanism J-1 marks same tag, and description is omitted.

As shown in Figure 86 and Figure 87, rabbling mechanism J-2 involved in variation has agitating paddle J10, agitating paddle electric rotating Motivation J11, agitating paddle elevating motor J12, standby height detection switch J13, agitated height detection sensor J14, agitating paddle Upper upward guide piece J15, hot water nozzle J16, coffee supply nozzle J17.

In addition, rabbling mechanism J-2 has cover J19.It covers J19 and covers agitating paddle electric rotating motivation J11, agitating paddle lifting electric Machine J12, standby height detection switch J13, agitated height detection sensor J14, upward guide piece J15 on agitating paddle, to protect this A little mechanisms are from pollution.Rabbling mechanism J-2 is provided with ice cube and imports sliding slot J20.Ice cube imports sliding slot J20's and ice machine G The G1 connection of ice supply passageway.Although not expressing in figure, imported in sliding slot J20 in ice cube, the part that ice is contacted is wave Shape, to prevent the blocking of stagnant ice.

In the cooking position of the underface of rabbling mechanism J-2, be inserted into agitating paddle J10 and can supply hot water, ice, Coffee, leaf tea (and cold water can also be supplied according to specification), to carry out the cooking of beverage.

Figure 88, Figure 89 and Figure 90 show the grinder K that the grinding device of raw material is extracted as coffee etc..Grinder K It is built in cup type automatic vendor 1, beverage dispenser etc., when extracting coffee, the coffee bean as its raw material is pressed into every 1 glass of coffee The amount of coffee is crushed respectively, Lai Shengcheng ground coffee (powder raw material).

As shown in Figure 88 and Figure 90, grinder K has the grinder main part crushed to coffee bean in central portion K2, side is configured with the motor K3 driven to grinder main part K2 behind, and being configured in front side will be from grinding owner The ground coffee that body portion K2 is sent out is supplied to the powder raw material supply unit K4 of the brewing machine L1 (referring to Figure 98) of lower section.In addition, grinder K The shell K1 of composition its shell be that multiple case members are mutually assembled and are constituted, above-mentioned grinder main part K2 and electricity Motivation K3 is suitably assembled in shell K1.In addition, the cylindrical portion K4a for being set to the left part of powder raw material supply unit K4 be configured to by The inside and outside connection of shell K1, such as the smell of the ground coffee generated when crushing coffee bean to be released to outside.

Figure 91 shows the internal structure of grinder K.As shown in the drawing, grinder main part K2 includes motionless grind section K6 is loaded on shell K1 with the state group that the upper half is projected into the top of shell K1, motionless in grinder K work；And rotation Turn grind section K7, be built in shell K1, is rotated in grinder K work.

As shown in Figure 92, motionless grind section K6 includes hopper K11, is formed as the cylindrical shape vertically extended, connects Receive the coffee bean put into from top；Coarse crushing ring K12 is screwed on the lower part in hopper K11, for crushing coffee bean For thicker state (hereinafter referred to as " coarse crushing ")；And upside ring K13 fine crushing, it is screwed under coarse crushing ring K12 Surface, for cooperating with the aftermentioned downside of spin finishing portion K7 ring K25 fine crushing, the coffee bean for obtaining coarse crushing is crushed as more Thin state (hereinafter referred to as " fine crushing ").

Hopper K11 is made of the formed products of plastics, in its outer peripheral surface, is set in the high fraction of position in center than up and down direction It is equipped with gear part K14.In addition, be formed with external thread part K15 in the lower half of the outer peripheral surface of hopper K11, by the external thread part In the state that K15 is screwed into, hopper K11 is installed in shell K1.Thus, as shown in Figure 88 etc., by that will have and gear part K14 The granularity adjustment screw K10 of the worm gear K10a of engagement is suitably rotated, what motionless grind section K6 was rotated relative to the one side shell K1 Mode movement is gone up and down on one side, and the downside of the ring K13 fine crushing and spin finishing portion K7 of the upside to adjust motionless grind section K6 is thin Gap between broken ring K25.Thereby, it is possible to simply adjust to be obtained by upside ring K13 fine crushing and downside ring K25 fine crushing are fine crushing The granularity of coffee bean.

Coarse crushing ring K12 is made of defined metal (such as aluminium or its alloy), is formed as the thicker cylindrical shape of peripheral wall.? The bottom of coarse crushing ring K12, which is provided with, crushes protrusion K18, which upwardly extends in entire week coarse crushing ring K12's, And it protrudes inwardly, cooperates with aftermentioned raw material feed appliance K21 and coarse crushing is carried out to coffee bean.The crushing protrusion K18 is constituted It is prominent with the state for being separated by the defined interval smaller than the partial size of coffee bean between raw material feed appliance K21.

In addition, crush protrusion K18 have defined thickness, upper surface K18a be formed as along with vertically extend The orthogonal plane of raw material feed appliance K21, be connected with upper surface K18a and the front end face K18b opposite with raw material feed appliance K21 Rectangular corner is formed with upper surface K18a.In addition to this, protrusion K18 is being crushed, is being provided with along its circumferential direction and is formed as recessed Multiple (being in the present embodiment 12) recess portion K18c of shape.As shown in Figure 90 and Figure 92, each recess portion K18c is formed as in powder It is opened wide between the upper surface K18a and front end face K18b of broken protrusion K18.

In addition, being circumferentially formed in the top for crushing protrusion K18 multiple (in this reality in the inner surface of coarse crushing ring K12 Apply is 12 in mode) recess portion K19.As shown in Figure 90 and Figure 92, each recess portion K19 is formed as from the upper surface of coarse crushing ring K12 It is opened wide to inner surface, the inner surface of each recess portion K19 is made of the triangular facet K19a of triangle and arc surface K19b, the triangular facet K19a is shaped generally as the radial direction along coarse crushing ring K12, and arc surface K19b is connected with triangular facet K19a, is formed as along the inverse time Needle direction extends in arc-shaped.

As described later, when crushing coffee bean, raw material feed appliance K21 is rotated in the counterclockwise direction, raw material feeding as a result, Coffee bean around device K21 is mobile in a manner of rotating in the counterclockwise direction in the same manner as raw material feed appliance K21, but coffee Beans can be collided with the inner surface of above-mentioned recess portion K19 (triangular facet K19a), the recess portion K18c for crushing protrusion K18, and thus, it is possible to inhibit Movement, the sliding of coffee bean in the circumferential.Thereby, it is possible to which coffee bean is efficiently sent to lower section by raw material feed appliance K21, and And it can be carried out efficiently coarse crushing.

Upside ring K13 fine crushing is made of defined metal (such as stainless steel), is formed as with downside ring K25 fine crushing in up and down Symmetrically.Upside ring K13 fine crushing has the fraction of greatly internal diameter of internal diameter of the crushing protrusion K18 than coarse crushing ring K12, and have than The outer diameter of coarse crushing ring K12 outer diameter fraction of greatly.In addition, upside ring K13 fine crushing be formed as going from inside outward and thickness gradually It thickens, the crushed face K13a in inclined lower surface is formed with a large amount of knife for radially extending and circumferentially configuring respectively (not shown).

(a) of Figure 93 indicates that spin finishing portion K7 and its surrounding, (b) of Figure 93 illustrate only spin finishing portion K7, Figure 94 The element of (a) of Figure 93 is decomposed to indicate.As shown in these figures and Figure 91, spin finishing portion K7 includes raw material feeding Device K21, vertically extends, and the coffee bean for putting into hopper K11 is sent to lower section；Grinder gear K23, is fixed on The lower part of the rotary shaft K22 of raw material feed appliance K21；Plate K24 (powder raw material collection/blowing unit) is collected/sprayed to powder raw material, fixes In the top of the grinder gear K23 of rotary shaft K22；And downside ring K25 fine crushing (rotating shredder portion), it is screwed on this Powder raw material is collected/is sprayed on plate K24.

Raw material feed appliance K21 is made of defined metal (such as aluminium or its alloy), has rotating part K21a and spiral prominence Portion K21b, rotating part K21a are formed as vertically extending the cylindrical shape of specific length, and spiral projections K21b is from the rotation The prominent specific length of the outer peripheral surface of transfer part K21a, to turn along clockwise direction 1 week to lower end from the upper end of rotating part K21a Mode spirally extend.Moreover, raw material feed appliance K21 is fixed on rotary shaft K22 in the following manner: vertically side It is inserted into rotating part K21a from below to the rotary shaft K22 of extension, in the rotation outstanding upwards of the upper end from rotating part K21a The upper end of shaft K22 is screwed nut K21c to fasten.In addition, rotary shaft K22 is in its lower end and compares up and down direction The fraction of on the lower position in center rotatably freely supported by bearing K22a, the K22a being fixed in shell K1.

Grinder gear K23 is made of the helical gear with bigger diameter, as shown in Figure 91, grinder gear K23 It is fixed between upper and lower bearing K22a, K22a of rotary shaft K22.In addition, grinder gear K23 is engaged with intermediate gear K32, Intermediate gear K32 is engaged with the driving gear K31 for the output shaft for being fixed on motor K3.Driving unit is by motor K3, drive Moving gear K31, intermediate gear K32, grinder gear K23 and rotary shaft K22 etc. are constituted.

Plate K24 is collected/sprayed to powder raw material when crushing coffee bean to the ground coffee for passing out to aftermentioned powder submitting access K26 It is collected and goes out come powder raw material supply unit K4 side spray forwards.The powder raw material is collected/is sprayed plate K24 and is formed to have than downside The outer diameter of ring K25 fine crushing it is big one circle diameter it is discoid, be provided with relative to center in its peripheral part circumferentially every equal Angle (60 °) is configured, 6 blade part K24a (movable part) outstanding upwards.In addition, in powder raw material collection/ejection The side of the blade part K24a of plate K24 is configured with the channel wall ring K27 (channel wall) being fixed in shell K1, the channel wall ring Powder is marked off between K27 and upside ring K13 fine crushing and the outer peripheral surface of downside ring K25 fine crushing sends out access K26.

Channel wall ring K27 is for example made of aluminium or its alloy etc. with aluminium metal as main component, and ratio is formed to have The cylindrical shape of the outer diameter internal diameter fraction of greatly of plate K24 is collected/sprayed to powder raw material.As shown in Figure 94, in the front of channel wall ring K27 It is provided with the ejiction opening K27a of the inside and outside connection of channel wall ring K27, is provided at the rear portion of channel wall ring K27 and rearward protrudes , for by the locking spring engaging portion K27b of one end of the aftermentioned connecting spring K29 of electrical ground.What is constituted in this way is logical Lu Bihuan K27 is fixed on as follows in shell K1: the inner peripheral surface of channel wall ring K27 and upside ring K13 fine crushing and downside are thin The outer peripheral surface of broken ring K25 is opposite, which is integrally surrounded.As a result, upside ring K13's fine crushing and downside ring K25 fine crushing Between outer peripheral surface and the inner peripheral surface of channel wall ring K27, mark off fine crushing from upside ring K13 fine crushing and downside when crushing coffee bean The cricoid powder that ground coffee is sent out between ring K25 sends out access K26.

In addition, in the ejiction opening K27a of channel wall ring K27, being connected with will substantially horizontally spray from ejiction opening K27a Ground coffee is directed to the guiding elements K28 of lower section.The formed products structure that guiding elements K28 is made by polyacetals (polyacetal) At being formed as the open regulation shape from the back side to lower surface.Moreover, being connected with vertically side on the downside of guiding elements K28 To the sliding slot K36 for the tubular for extending specific length.

Also, the spring engaging portion K27b of channel wall ring K27 it is locking have for by channel wall ring K27 and constitute motor The connecting spring K29 of the metal shell K3a electrical connection of the shell of K3.Connecting spring K29 is by metal helical spring It constitutes, spring engaging portion K27b of the portion inserted with channel wall ring K27, the other end and the shell K3a of motor K3 are supported at one end It connects.In addition, the shell K3a in motor K3 is provided with interconnecting piece K3b, the terminal of ground wire K30 is connected in interconnecting piece K3b K30a.As described above, channel wall ring K27 is electric with connecting spring K29, the shell K3a of motor K3 and ground wire K30 in order Connection, is thus grounded.Ground unit is made of connecting spring K29, the shell K3a of motor K3 and ground wire K30 etc..

Then, the crushing movement of the coffee bean in the grinder K constituted as described above is illustrated referring to Figure 95.In addition, Grinder K is set to the lower section of the tank D10 of the coffee bean before supply crushes, the original extended downward from coffee bean feedway Material sliding slot is connect with hopper K11.In addition, coffee bean feedway can be different by type, baking degree coffee bean (Hot Coffee With, ice coffee with etc.) be supplied to grinder K.

Firstly, putting into the coffee of specified amount to the hopper K11 of grinder K via raw material sliding slot from coffee bean feedway Beans.Before and after it, motor K3 work rotates grinder gear K23 by driving gear K31 and intermediate gear K32 Driving.The rotary shaft K22 of spin finishing portion K7 is rotated in the counterclockwise direction as a result, and raw material feed appliance K21, powder raw material are received therewith Collection/ejection plate K24 and downside ring K25 fine crushing are also rotated in the counterclockwise direction.

The coffee bean for putting into hopper K11 is fallen as shown in the black arrow of upside in Figure 95 reaches raw material feed appliance K21.It is rotated in the counterclockwise direction by raw material feed appliance K21, the coffee bean for reaching the upper end of raw material feed appliance K21 is sent To lower section.In this case, the spiral projections K21b of raw material feed appliance K21 cooperates with the crushing protrusion K18 of coarse crushing ring K12, right Coffee bean carries out coarse crushing.

Specifically, being acted on around raw material feed appliance K21 by the pressing force that spiral projections K21b is applied from above Coffee bean, the coffee bean are pushed to the front end of the crushing protrusion K18 of coarse crushing ring K12 from top, are thus cut.As a result, by Coarse crushing is can be by the black arrow of downside in the coffee bean such as Figure 95 of the size between raw material feed appliance K21 and crushing protrusion K18 Shown in head like that, by raw material feed appliance K21 come the space across the raw material feed appliance K21 and upside ring K13 fine crushing, quilt It is sent between the ring K13 and downside ring K25 fine crushing fine crushing of upside.

Along its diameter and the centrifugal force generated as described above by the coffee bean of coarse crushing by the ring K25 fine crushing of the downside by rotating Make thinner, i.e. fine crushing to being transmitted, and by crushed face K13a, K25a of upside ring K13 fine crushing and downside ring K25 fine crushing. It is sent to powder between upside ring K13 fine crushing and downside ring K25 fine crushing by the ground coffee of the generation fine crushing and sends out access K26.In addition, in this case, collecting/spraying the rotation of plate K24 with powder raw material, multiple blade part K24a send out access in powder K26 interior circuit is mobile, and by these blade parts K24a, the ground coffee that powder is sent out in access K26 is collected on one side, on one side such as Figure 95 Front is ejected into from the ejiction opening K27a of channel wall ring K27 like that shown in the hollow arrow of middle upside.Then, the coffee sprayed Coffee powder knocks the inner surface K28a of guiding elements K28, thus turns to as shown in the hollow arrow of downside in Figure 95 as lower section, The coffee extract machine of lower section (not shown) is fed into via sliding slot K36.

As described above, according to grinder K, to coffee bean carry out it is fine crushing before carry out coarse crushing, therefore with directly to coffee Coffee beans carry out situation fine crushing and compare, and are able to suppress the variation of the driving load of motor K3.Thereby, it is possible to fully and stably Coffee bean is crushed, the substantially uniform ground coffee of partial size is generated, it, being capable of, i.e. ruler small using output torque in addition, as motor K3 Very little small and cheap motor, therefore can produce as device generally speaking compact and inexpensive grinder K.

Then, illustrate to remove the method for the electrostatic (except electricity) generated when crushing coffee bean in the inside of grinder K.When such as It is above-mentioned it is such using grinder K come when crushing coffee bean, in the inside of grinder K, due to the friction with coffee bean, ground coffee Generate electrostatic.Specifically, raw material feed appliance K21, coarse crushing ring K12, upside ring K13 fine crushing, downside ring K25 fine crushing and access Wall ring K27 is with a polar electricity in positive negative electricity, and opposite to that, ground coffee generated has another in positive negative electricity Polar electricity.

Figure 96 shows an example with electric array.Can be defined according to the band electric array, iron and aluminium by with coffee bean It rubs and is easy negatively charged, another aspect, coffee bean is easy positively charged.Thus, in grinder K, when crushing coffee bean, by Raw material feed appliance K21, coarse crushing ring K12, upside ring K13 fine crushing, downside ring K25 fine crushing and the access of the compositions such as stainless steel or aluminium Wall ring K27 is negatively charged, and ground coffee generated is positively charged.In particular, being sent out from upside ring K13 fine crushing and downside ring K25 fine crushing The ground coffee for sending out access K26 to powder is to be sent out the blade part K24a for turn-taking mobile in access K26 in the powder and push access to What the state of the inner surface of wall ring K27 was collected while sliding, therefore bigger frictional force is generated, as a result, coffee The carried charge of powder and channel wall ring K27 are bigger.

As previously mentioned, channel wall ring K27 is grounded, therefore as shown in the dotted arrow of Figure 97 in grinder K, In electronegative channel wall ring K27, negative electrical charge it is most of via connecting spring K29, motor K3 shell K3a and Ground wire K30 and be removed.In addition, in this case, from the upper side and lower side, ring K13, K25 fine crushing pass out to powder and send out access K26 Ground coffee functioned as by the conductor of two ring K13, K25 and channel wall ring K27 connections fine crushing, thus raw material feed appliance The major part of the negative electrical charge of K21, coarse crushing ring K12, upside ring K13 fine crushing and downside ring K25 fine crushing is also via channel wall ring K27, connecting spring K29, the shell K3a of motor K3 and ground wire K30 and be removed.

On the other hand, positively charged ground coffee is sprayed via the ejiction opening K27a of channel wall ring K27 forwards as described above Out, the inner surface K28a rear steering for knocking guiding elements K28 is lower section.As previously mentioned, guiding elements K28 is made of polyacetals, On the band electric array shown in Figure 96, compared with coffee bean, the positively charged tendency of polyacetals is big.Therefore, positively charged ground coffee It is relatively negatively charged due to friction caused by contacted because of the inner surface K28a with guiding elements K28.That is, script band The carried charge (current potential) of the ground coffee of positive electricity declines.In addition, in this case, guiding elements K28 takes the electrification with ground coffee The corresponding positive electricity of the slippage of amount.

According to the above, becoming the state of ground coffee and guiding elements the K28 electricity with identical polar, i.e. positive electricity, therefore two There is repulsion effect between person, thus ground coffee is difficult to be attached to the inner surface K28a of guiding elements K28, and is swimmingly directed to Subsequent sliding slot K36 is further directed to coffee extract machine below.In addition, the ground coffee becomes close to electroneutral State, therefore in coffee extract later, it is easy to mix with water (including hot water), as a result, the extraction efficiency of coffee improves.

As described in detail above, according to grinder K, by except electricity, can reduce its internal carried charge, and And it is able to suppress the rising of the carried charge of the ground coffee by charging along channel wall ring K27 sliding.Thereby, it is possible to be greatly decreased The situation of the inside of grinder K is adhered to/remained on to ground coffee, can accurately spray the ground coffee from grinder K.

In the following, the preferred embodiment of brewing mechanism L is described in detail with reference to the attached drawings.Figure 98 is to schematically show to have The in-built figure of the cup type automatic vendor of the brewing mechanism of filter paper type, Figure 99 are to schematically show to have permanent filtering The in-built figure of the cup type automatic vendor of the brewing mechanism of device formula.These cup type automatic vendors 1LA, 1LB utilize punching It steeps mechanism L (beverage extracting device), extracts coffee using coffee bean and hot water (cold water), provide the common of cup to user Coffee.

The brewing mechanism L of filter paper type is to be filtered using aftermentioned filter paper LP and strainer L72 to extracted coffee Type, on the other hand, the brewing mechanism L of permanent filter formula is to be filtered merely with strainer L72 to extracted coffee Type.

In addition, in the explanation of this project<brewing mechanism L>, in the brewing mechanism L to filter paper type and permanent filter formula In the case where distinguishing, appropriately respectively address is " paper brewing machine LA " and " net brewing machine LB ".It is brewed in addition, will be provided with paper The cup type automatic vendor of machine LA is set as cup type automatic vendor 1LA, and the cup type automatic vendor that will be provided with net brewing machine LB is set For cup type automatic vendor 1LB, cup type automatic vendor 1 is set as when saying with representing.

As shown in Figure 98 and Figure 99, cup type automatic vendor 1 has: brewing mechanism L；It is supplied respectively to brewing mechanism L The ground coffee (hereinafter referred to as " raw material ") of specified amount and the tank D10 and reservoir F of hot water；The coffee that will be extracted by brewing mechanism L The mixing bowl M that coffee and cream, granulated sugar are mixed together；And the powder raw material feed mechanism of cream, granulated sugar is supplied to mixing bowl M D-1.In addition, as shown in Figure 100, they are controlled by the control unit with microcomputer.In addition, can be in configuration cup W Cooking location-appropriate hot water, powder raw material etc. are stirred in the case where, mixing bowl M can be omitted.For tank D10, Reservoir F, mixing bowl M, powder raw material feed mechanism D-1 are explained separately.

Then, narration brewing mechanism L in detail.Figure 100 shows paper brewing machine LA, and Figure 101 shows net brewing machine LB.Such as Shown in two figures, about paper brewing machine LA and net brewing machine LB, the brewing machine main body L20 that essence carries out the extraction of coffee is substantially total Together, paper brewing machine LA is equipped with aftermentioned filter paper carrying device L201 in brewing machine main body L20, on the other hand, net brewing machine LB Only it is made of brewing machine main body L20.

Figure 102 and Figure 103 is decomposed paper brewing machine LA by aftermentioned unit to indicate.In addition, in following explanation In, it include two brewing machines LA and LB in explanation firstly, illustrating the common brewing machine main body L20 of two brewing machines LA and LB Difference illustrates the filter paper carrying device L201 in paper brewing machine LA later.

Brewing machine main body L20 is by the water clock unit L21 for extracting coffee and the main body of water clock unit L21 is driven to drive Moving cell L22 is constituted.Main body driving unit L22 is threadably secured etc. to be fixed in cup type automatic vendor 1, in the main body Driving unit L22 is detachably equipped with water clock unit L21.

Water clock unit L21 is made of cylinder L23 (extraction vessel) and cylinder frame L24, and cylinder L23 is supplied to raw material and hot water, is used In in the internal extraction for carrying out coffee, the cylinder frame L24 is for detachably accommodating cylinder L23.

Figure 104 shows the state that cylinder L23 has been removed from cylinder frame L24.Cylinder L23 is made of plastics, such as the figure and Figure 105 It is shown, be formed as vertically extending and upper and lower surfaces are open, have defined size (for example, height: 102mm, volume: 328ml) cylindrical shape.In addition, cylinder L23 outer peripheral surface be provided with by cylinder L23 be installed to cylinder frame L24 or The handle L25 and guide portion L26 utilized when being unloaded from cylinder frame L24.Guide portion L26 by being separated by between regulation in the up-down direction Every ground setting, be formed as 2 guide portions L26, L26 up and down symmetrical above and below and constitute.

In addition, the inner surface in cylinder L23 is provided with hot water guiding wall L27, which is used for along inner surface Circumferential guidance be fed into the hot water of cylinder L23.As shown in Figure 105, hot water guiding wall L27 be near the upper end of cylinder L23 with It is arranged between the central portion of up and down direction along the inner surface of cylinder L23, and protrudes inwardly a little, plan view shape is formed as To the open U-shaped of opposite side of handle L25.Also, the inner surface of cylinder L23 is provided with hot water diffusion protrusion L28, the hot water Diffusion protrusion L28 is used to make the inner surface along cylinder L23, and flowing hot water is circumferentially spread in the lower half of cylinder L23 downwards. The hot water spreads protrusion L28 and protrudes specific length taperedly towards inside in the central portion of the up and down direction of cylinder L23, in cylinder L23's upwardly extends in entire week.

As shown in Figure 106, cylinder frame L24 is formed as having in inside with the box-like of cylinder receiving portion L24a with lower component etc.: Filter block L32 is lifting freely set to the lower part of the inside of cylinder frame L24, for the coffee in cylinder L23 to be filtered one on one side While being transported to outside；Stoneware L34 is met, to keep being somebody's turn to do by the cylinder L23 for the being contained in cylinder receiving portion L24a state clamped from left and right Cylinder L23；And front surface cover L35, it is rotatably freely supported in upper end, for being opened and closed the front surface of cylinder frame L24.

In addition, the gabarit of cylinder frame L24 includes side wall L41, L41 of with being separated by specified interval opposite left and right, setting At between the rear end of across two sidewalls L41, L41 and cover the back wall L42 of its upper half and be arranged to across two sidewalls L41, Front surface, upper surface and the back side lower half of bottom wall L43 between the lower end of L41 etc., cylinder frame L24 are opened wide.Though in addition, not It is illustrated, but bottom wall L43 is formed as clathrate using multiple rod members.In addition, in the upper of side wall L41, the L41 controlled Portion is provided with the preceding upper cover L36 that will link between two sidewalls L41, L41 in the position by front end, at the rear of the preceding upper cover L36 The frame cover L37 of the upper surface of covering cylinder frame L24 is detachably installed.

Also, the front end and rear end of side wall L41, L41 in left and right, it is detachable in the specified position of lower part respectively Ground is equipped with guide reel L38 and L39 for guiding filter paper LP.These guide reels L38, L39 across left and right side wall L41, L41 it Between extend in left-right direction, be rotatably freely supported in two sidewalls L41, L41.In addition, two guide reels L38, L39 are installed on The cylinder frame L24 (referring to Fig.1 02) of paper brewing machine LA is on the other hand removed in net brewing machine LB.

Side wall L41, L41 of the left and right of cylinder frame L24 have respectively: the sidewall body L44 of box-like, side view are formed as It is substantially rectangular, and the side in outside is opened wide；And outer cover L45, in a manner of the open side for covering sidewall body L44 It is screwed on sidewall body L44.Moreover, being bounded on each side in wall L41 as shown in Figure 107 and being provided with cylinder switching mechanism L51, the cylinder Switching mechanism L51 is opened and closed the lower surface and upper surface of cylinder L23 by driving filter block L32 and aftermentioned cylinder cap L101 respectively. In addition, cylinder switching mechanism L51, L51 of left and right is configured to substantially bilateral symmetry in side wall L41, L41 of left and right, therefore under In the explanation in face, it is illustrated centered on the cylinder switching mechanism L51 of side wall L41 for being built in right side.

As shown in Figure 107 and Figure 108, Figure 109, cylinder switching mechanism L51 has: cam plectane L55 rotates freely twelve Earthly Branches It holds in the neighbouring fulcrum L44a that is provided projectingly in the center in the upper half in sidewall body L44, with the first cam path L53 and the Two cam path L54；Sliding part L56 is slidable in the vertical direction the lower half being set in sidewall body L44 freely, and convex The first cam path L53 engaging of plectane L55 is taken turns, and is linked with filter block L32；And cylinder cap locking component L57, rotation is certainly It such as is supported on the fulcrum L44b that the specified position on the top in sidewall body L44 is provided projectingly, with cam plectane L55 Two cam path L54 engaging, and for being locked as aftermentioned cylinder cap L101 to be pressed into the state of the upper surface of cylinder L23.

Cam plectane L55 is formed to have the disk-shaped of defined diameter and thickness, is formed with gear part in entire circumferential surface L55a.In addition, being provided in the part of substantially 1/2 circular arc of the peripheral part of the side outer cover L45 of cam plectane L55 radially projecting Fraction of protrusion L55b.Also, the side of the side sidewall body L44 of cam plectane L55 is provided with the first cam path L53 and Two cam path L54.

As shown in Figure 110, the first cam path L53 includes: outer cam portion L61, is set to the side of cam plectane L55 Peripheral part, extend in the arc-shaped centered on the fulcrum L44a of cam plectane L55, and extend in the counterclockwise direction substantially One week；Cam part L62 is driven, is connected with outer cam portion L61, extends towards fulcrum L44a in arc-shaped；And it is interior Side cam part L63 is connected with driving cam part L62, extends in the arc-shaped centered on fulcrum L44a, and in fulcrum Extended for substantially one week near L44a.In addition, the predetermined angular part near driving cam part L62 in outer cam portion L61 (hereinafter referred to as " proximity L61a ") more depends on fulcrum L44a compared with being formed as the outer cam portion L61 in addition to except it.

On the other hand, the second cam path L54 includes: outer cam portion L64, is set to outer than the first cam path L53 The position of side cam part L61 in the inner part, extends in the arc-shaped centered on fulcrum L44a, and from outer cam portion L61's It nearby rises and extends to substantially 3/4 arc-shaped in the counterclockwise direction in top end part；Cam part L65 is driven, with the outer cam portion L64 is connected, and extends towards fulcrum L44a；And inside cam part L66, it is connected with driving cam part L65, in fulcrum Extend to arc-shaped centered on L44a.

As shown in Figure 109, sliding part L56 is vertically extended, and lower part is widened downward, is shaped generally as convex Shape.It is provided in the upper end of sliding part L56 to the side cam circle plate L55 engaging protuberances L56a outstanding, the engaging protuberances L56a sliding freely engages with the first cam path L53 of cam plectane L55.In addition, being fixed in the lower end of sliding part L56 By 2 connection shafts L71, L71 of sliding part L56 and filter block L32 connection.Two connection shafts L71, L71 with front-rear direction ( Be left and right directions in Figure 108, Figure 109) on be separated from each other interval and in left and right directions (in Figure 108, Figure 109 be figure table in Direction) on parallel mode extend.The long hole L44c of each connection shaft L71 perforation sidewall body L44 vertically extended, one Above-mentioned sliding part L56 is fixed in end, and on the other hand, the sliding part of the cylinder switching mechanism L51 in left side is fixed in the other end L56.Thus, filter block L32 is supported on sliding part L56, L56 of left and right by two connection shafts L71, L71.In addition, in cunning The central portion of moving part L56 is formed with the long hole L56b vertically extended, is sliding freely through in long hole L56b The fulcrum L44d that the specified position of lower part in sidewall body L44 is provided projectingly.

The sliding part L56 constituted as described above with cam plectane L55 rotation, in sidewall body L44 along upper It is slidable in the vertical direction while being guided between a pair of guide rails L44e, L44e that lower direction extends.Therewith, filter block L32 into Row lifting, to be opened and closed the lower surface of cylinder L23.Specifically, cam plectane L55 shown in (a) and Figure 108, Figure 109 of Figure 107 Along being rotated clockwise for two figures, the outer cam portion L61 of the engaging protuberances L56a of sliding part L56 from the first cam path L53 It towards inside cam part L63 is slided on driving cam part L62, thus sliding part L56 rises.

Then, the engaging protuberances L56a of sliding part L56 reaches inside cam part L63, thus in the water clock of paper brewing machine LA In unit L21, filter block L32 is sealed against with the state being close to across filter paper LP with the lower surface of cylinder L23 (referring to figure 135).On the other hand, in the water clock unit L21 of net brewing machine LB, filter block L32 with the lower surface of cylinder L23 to be directly close to State be sealed against (46, Figure 158 referring to Fig.1).Then, cam plectane L55 is rotated in the counterclockwise direction from these states, Sliding part L56 decline, thus filter block L32 also declines, and the lower surface of cylinder L23 is opened (41, Figure 152, figure referring to Fig.1 as a result, 163)。

As shown in Figure 106, Figure 107 and Figure 111, filter block L32 includes with lower component etc.: circular strainer L72 is used for Cafe filter；The cricoid sealing element L73 of width is arranged to surround around strainer L72；And block-like supporting member L74, It supports strainer L72 and sealing element L73 in upper surface, and has the access being connected to up and down.Strainer L72 is by than cylinder L23 Internal diameter it is small one circle laminal metal plate (such as stainless steel plate) constitute, be formed with largely have defined diameter (example Such as 30 μm) pore.The filter block L32 constituted in this way rises with the sliding of the up and down direction of sliding part L56 as described above Drop, at the lower surface of closed cylinder L23, the upper surface of sealing element L73 will with the state abutted with the lower surface peripheral part of cylinder L23 It is sealed.In this case, in paper brewing machine LA, filter paper LP is clamped between filter block L32 and cylinder L23, on the other hand, in net In brewing machine LB, filter block L32 is directly abutted with cylinder L23.

In addition, supporting member L74 and the engagement of the back side lower end for the side wall L41 for being set to right side in filter block L32 Hose L40 is connected with filter block pipe L32a between (referring to Fig.1 07).In addition, being installed on main body driving unit in water clock unit L21 In the state of L22, engagement hose L40 is connect with the aftermentioned engagement hose L140 of the side main body driving unit L22.

In addition, as shown in (a) and Figure 108, Figure 109 of Figure 107, the lower end of the side wall L41 on right side be provided with it is upper The sewer pipe L50 of engagement hose L40 connection is stated, and is provided with the sewer pipe clamping component that sewer pipe L50 is opened and closed L58.Sewer pipe L50 is made of rubber elastomeric material, has the horizontal part horizontally extended forwards from engagement hose L40 L50a is extended downward from horizontal part L50a.In addition, sewer pipe clamping component L58 is formed as the plate vertically extended Shape is provided with the engaging protuberances L58a sliding freely engaged with the long hole L56b of sliding part L56 in upper end, on the other hand, In lower end, it is provided with prominent in a manner of traversing horizontal part L50a and has on the downside of the horizontal part L50a of sewer pipe L50 There is the press section L58b in trapezoidal section.Also, the upside of the horizontal part L50a in sewer pipe L50 is provided with and is used for and waste liquid Pipe clamping component L58 cooperation clamps sewer pipe L50 with by its closed holddown spring L59.Holddown spring L59 is by elongated Leaf spring is constituted, and is extended along the horizontal part L50a of sewer pipe L50, is configured to connect with horizontal part L50a.In addition, holddown spring The both ends of L59 are bent upwards, by sidewall body L44 be set to sewer pipe clamping component L58 front and back (Figure 108, In Figure 109 be left and right) 2 supporting parts L44f, L44f supported.

The sliding part L56's of the rotation of the sewer pipe clamping component L58 and adjoint cam plectane L55 that constitute as described above Gone up and down to lifting linkage.Specifically, when sliding part L56 rises when the state shown in Figure 108, Figure 109, long hole The lower end of L56b is abutted with the engaging protuberances L58a of sewer pipe clamping component L58.Then, when sliding part L56 is further up When, sewer pipe clamping component L58 is picked up by engaging protuberances L58a, thus rises.Sewer pipe clamping component L58 as a result, Press section L58b squeezes the horizontal part L50a of sewer pipe L50 from below, and sewer pipe L50 is closed (referring to Fig.1 35 etc.) as a result,. In addition, by the decline of sliding part L56, sewer pipe clamping component L58 also declines to return to original position from the state It sets.

In addition, cylinder cap locking component L57 is formed as the regulation shape vertically extended, center as shown in Figure 109 Portion is rotatably freely supported on the fulcrum L44b in sidewall body L44.It is provided in the lower end of cylinder cap locking component L57 to convex Take turns the second cam path L54 sliding of the side plectane L55 engaging protuberances L57a outstanding, engaging protuberances L57a and cam plectane L55 Engage freely.In addition, the upper end of cylinder cap locking component L57 be provided with extended in a manner of rearward outstanding it is hook-shaped Sticking department L57b.

The cylinder cap locking component L57 constituted in this way is rotated with the rotation of cam plectane L55, passes through the locking of upper end Aftermentioned cylinder cap L101 is pressed and is locked to the upper surface of cylinder L23 by portion L57b, thus seals the upper surface of cylinder L23.Specifically Ground says, cam plectane L55 being rotated clockwise along two figures shown in Figure 109 and Figure 110, the card of cylinder cap locking component L57 Protrusion L57a is closed from the outer cam portion L64 of the second cam path L54 towards inside cam part L66 on driving cam part L65 It slides, thus cylinder cap locking component L57 being rotated clockwise along Figure 109 centered on fulcrum L44b.Then, cylinder cap locks The sticking department L57b of component L57 with the lid guide rod L113 on the top of aftermentioned cylinder cap L101 to engage and press it downwards Under mode locked.Cylinder cap L101 is sealed against (referring to Fig.1 38 etc.) to be close to the state of the upper surface of cylinder L23 as a result,.

The cylinder switching mechanism L51 constituted as described above is built in side wall L41, L41 of left and right respectively as described above, and two Gear part L55a, L55a side wall corresponding with being rotatably freely set to of the cam plectane L55 of a cylinder switching mechanism L51, L51 Gear L76, L76 of specified position in main body L44 are engaged.As shown in Figure 107, two gears L76, L76 are fixed on along left and right The both ends of the horizontal-extending power transmission shaft L75 in direction, each gear L76 are configured at the rear end in corresponding sidewall body L44 The central portion of the up and down direction in portion.As shown in (b) of Figure 107, it is set to the gear L76 of the sidewall body L44 in left side (hereinafter referred to as Rearward expose for " driven engage gear L76a ") a little, is installed on the state of main body driving unit L22 in water clock unit L21 It is lower to be engaged with the aftermentioned driving engage gear L124 of the side main body driving unit L22.Thus, when driven engage gear L76a rotates When, the left side engaged cam plectane L55 rotation, by the gear L76 of power transmission shaft L75 and right side, right side it is convex Wheel plectane L55 and the cam plectane in left side synchronously rotate.

In addition, side wall L41, L41 in left and right are respectively arranged with and are tearing water clock unit L21 from main body driving unit L22 open Removal rod L84, the L84 operated when lower.As shown in Figure 108, Figure 109, removal rod L84 extends along the longitudinal direction, in its length side To approximate centre be rotatably freely supported on fulcrum L44d.The front end (left part of Figure 108, Figure 109) of removal rod L84 Operation portion L84a face the outside of side wall L41, and be located at the front for being set to side wall L41 and open recess portion forwards The inside of L41a.In addition, the rear end of removal rod L84 extends downward specific length, it is provided in its lower end prominent to side Disassembly protrusion L84b out.As shown in Figure 102 etc., the disassembly protrusion L84b via the outer cover L45 for being formed in side wall L41 regulation The long hole L45a of position is projected into outside.

Here, referring to Fig.1 02, Figure 112, Figure 113, Figure 114, Figure 115 illustrate that water clock unit L21 drives relative to main body The mounting and detaching structure of unit L22.Side (outer cover as shown in Figure 102 and Figure 112, Figure 113, in the left and right of water clock unit L21 L45), the specified position of rear end is provided with 2 engaging protuberances L45b, L45b up and down.Each outside pleurapophysis of engaging protuberances L45b A little out, side view is formed as the U-shaped being open downwards.In addition, the left and right of water clock unit L21 side wall L41, L41, upper and lower end overleaf are formed with totally 4 rearward open support holes L41b (07 (b) referring to Fig.1).

On the other hand, the front of main body driving unit L22 left and right end portions respectively with upper and lower with water clock unit L21 The corresponding mode of engaging protuberances L45b, L45b is provided with 2 hook-shaped sticking department L85, L85 up and down outstanding forwards.Such as figure Shown in 113, these sticking departments L85, L85, which are respectively arranged in, to be vertically extended and side view is the U word being open forwards The upper and lower front end of the coupling member L86 of shape.In addition, coupling member L86, L86 of left and right utilize leaf spring L87 quilt in upper end Connection, and exerted a force downwards.Also, in the left and right ends portion of main body driving unit L22, in 4 with water clock unit L21 Totally 4 support projection L88 (referring to Fig.1 02) outstanding forwards are provided at the corresponding position support holes L41b.

By the mounting and detaching structure of the water clock side unit L21 and the side main body driving unit L22 that constitute as described above, such as scheme Shown in 113, in the state that water clock unit L21 to be installed on to the front side of main body driving unit L22, main body driving unit L22's Each support projection L88 is inserted in each support holes L41b of water clock unit L21, and each sticking department L85 of main body driving unit L22 Engage with each engaging protuberances L45b of water clock unit L21.Water clock unit L21 is securely mounted at main body driving unit L22 as a result, Front side.On the other hand, it in the case where removing water clock unit L21 from main body driving unit L22, as shown in Figure 115, will drip The front surface cover L35 for leaking unit L21 is open a little, and the operation portion L84a of the removal rod L84 of left and right is depressed simultaneously.As a result, The disassembly protrusion L84b resistance leaf spring L87's of each removal rod L84 exerts a force the sticking department of the downside of the side main body driving unit L22 L85 is jacked up, as a result, upper and lower sticking department L85, L85 are detached from from upper and lower engaging protuberances L45b, L45b of water clock unit L21. Then, water clock unit L21 is pulled out forwards with keeping the state, thus water clock unit L21 is torn open from main body driving unit L22 Under.

In addition, in the side wall L41 in the left side of water clock unit L21, being provided with for that will drip as shown in (b) of Figure 107 The cam lock mechanism L89 that leakage unit L21 rotate cam plectane L55 can not when removing from main body driving unit L22.The cam Locking mechanism L89 is formed as regulation shape, including being slidable in the vertical direction lock freely below driven engage gear L76a The spring L89b for determining component L89a and exerting a force upwards to locking component L89a.List is driven from main body in water clock unit L21 When first L22 is removed, locking component L89a engages with driven engage gear L76a from below, thus makes the driven engage gear L76a can not rotate.The cam plectane L55 engaged as a result, with driven engage gear L76a also becomes not rotating.On the other hand, When water clock unit L21 is installed on main body driving unit L22, the locking solution that is provided projectingly on front side of main body driving unit L22 Except protrusion L90 (referring to Fig.1 02) engages with above-mentioned locking component L89a, it is depressed downwards, thus unlock component Locking of the L89a to driven engage gear L76a.Driven engage gear L76a becomes able to rotate as a result, thus cam plectane L55 also becomes able to rotate.

Cam plectane L55 is locked in the state that water clock unit L21 is removed from main body driving unit L22 as described above It is set to that can not to rotate be reason based on following.That is, as described later, using be set to main body driving unit L22, have with it is convex The mode switch L125 for the switch gear L125a that plectane L55 synchronously rotates is taken turns to carry out the rotation angle of cam plectane L55 Control.Accordingly, it is therefore desirable to maintain the consistency of the rotation angle of switch gear L125a and cam plectane L55.

Then, illustrate to meet stoneware L34 to what the cylinder L23 being contained in cylinder frame L24 was held.As shown in Figure 106, cylinder is connect Device L34 includes the supporting member L91 that plan view shape is the U-shaped being open forwards and is individually fixed in supporting member L91 Left and right front end left and right holding component L92, L92.Supporting member L91 is made of leaf spring, including is prolonged in left-right direction It stretches the base portion L91a of specific length and is bent to right angle respectively in the left and right end portions of base portion L91a and extends regulation forwards Left and right 2 arm L91b, L91b of length.Base portion L91a is screwed on the medial surface of back wall L42.Moreover, in two arms The front end of L91b, L91b, which are fixed with, holds component L92, L92.Two holding components L92, L92 toward each other, they opposite Face is formed as convex.

With this configuration meet stoneware L34, using the spring force of supporting member L91, by the holding component L92 of left and right, L92 clamps the cylinder L23 for being contained in the cylinder receiving portion L24a of cylinder frame L24 from left and right securely.

As shown in Figure 100~Figure 103, the frame cover L37 for covering the upper surface of cylinder frame L24 is formed as plan view shape as substantially square Shape is provided with the material pouring inlet L37a for putting the raw materials into cylinder L23, the hot water supply for supplying hot water to cylinder L23 The mouth L37b and hot gas outlet L37c for the steam generated when cooking coffee to be discharged.In material pouring inlet L37a connection There is the sliding slot of grinder K, be connected with hot water supply pipe in hot water supply mouth L37b, moreover, being connected in hot gas outlet L37c The hose (not shown) of discharging hot air.

Then, 16~Figure 120 illustrates main body driving unit L22 referring to Fig.1.Main body driving unit L22 is to above-mentioned drop It leaks the cam plectane L55 of unit L21 and the cylinder cap L101 that the upper surface of cylinder L23 is opened and closed is driven, and to cylinder L23 supplies air, also, in net brewing machine LB, drives to the scraper L102 for extraction slag to be discharged.

Figure 116 and Figure 117 respectively illustrates the main body driving unit L22 of paper brewing machine LA and net brewing machine LB.Such as two figures Shown, main body driving unit L22 has with lower component etc.: being constituted the plastic frame of the antetheca of main body driving unit L22 L103 (shell, wall portion)；It is protruded forwards from the top of frame L103 and is arranged to the cylinder cap moved freely along the longitudinal direction L101；The cam drive mechanism L104 that cam plectane L55 is driven；The cylinder that cylinder cap L101 and scraper L102 are driven Lid/scraper driving mechanism L105；The clamping element driving mechanism L106 that aftermentioned multiple clamping element L8 are driven；And to cylinder The air pump L107 of L23 supply air.Above-mentioned cam drive mechanism L104, cylinder cap/scraper driving mechanism L105, clamping element drive Motivation structure L106 and air pump L107 is installed on the back side of frame L103, by the open box-like unit of front surface and bottom surface Cover L108 (shell) is covered.

Air pump L107 and its surrounding when Figure 166 shows the frame L103 from back side.Air pump L107 is The air pump of diaphragm type, that is, move back and forth diaphragm by the rotation of motor, thus attract air and spray the air.Such as Shown in the figure, air pump L107, which has, to be separated from each other interval on front-rear direction (direction in the table of the figure) and is formed as mutually flat Air suction port L107a and air ejiction opening (not shown) outstanding capablely.Air suction port L107a is via air suction tube L302 (air attraction access) to connect with breathing space division L301, and the breathing space division L301 is frame L103's Back side is configured to substantially closed state.On the other hand, air ejiction opening (is not schemed via air bleed pipe and branched pipe Show) to connect with aftermentioned first air delivery pipe L9A and the second air delivery pipe L9B.

As shown in Figure 167, breathing space division L301 has integral with frame L103 and to main body driving unit L22 The prominent specific length in inside rib L303.Rib L303 includes the 4 rib L303 up and down being connected with each other, and passes through these ribs L303 marks off breathing space L304 on the inside of it, and forms the interior open and front shape to main body driving unit L22 For the opening portion L305 of rectangle.It (is abutted in addition, being provided with protrusion L303a more outstanding in the right part of the rib L303 of upside Portion), threaded hole L303b is provided on the rib L303 of downside.Moreover, being equipped in the front end of above-mentioned rib L303 by opening portion The closed closed plate L311 of L305.

Closed plate L311 is formed ands carrying out punch process etc. to metal plate, and front shape is formed as opening than above-mentioned Oral area L305 is substantially rectangular with the comparable circle of the thickness of each rib L303 greatly.In addition, the left border portion of closed plate L311 and upper limb The left side in portion is bent as right angle.Also, in closed plate L311, pipe mounting hole L312 (access is formed in left lower corner Connector), which is used for the end of the side opposite with air suction port L107a of air suction tube L302 It is installed with the state of insertion, is formed with screw thread insertion hole L314 in lower edge, screw thread insertion hole L314 insertion is used for will Closed plate L311 itself is screwed on the screw L313 of rib L303.In addition, in closed plate L311, in the right part of rising wood It is provided with small notch L315.Notch L315 is opened wide upwards, and front shape is formed as V shape.

The closed plate L311 constituted in this way is abutted with the front end of above-mentioned rib L303, and screw L313 is to be inserted into screw thread insertion The state of hole L314 is screwed into the threaded hole L303b of rib L303, and thus closed plate L311 is installed to be opening portion L305 is closed State.In this case, the left border portion of the bending of closed plate L311 and rising wood are located at the rib L303's of left side and upside Outside, in addition, the rising wood of notch L315 is abutted with the protrusion L303a of the rib L303 of upside from below.

As described above, closed plate L311 is installed on rib L303, thus constitutes and marks off internal breathing space L304 Breathing space division L301.Thus, when air pump L107 work, the air of breathing space L304 is via air suction tube L302 is attracted to air suction port L107a.Then, the air attracted is pressed and delivered to the first sky from air ejiction opening Letter shoot L9A and the second side air delivery pipe L9B, are fed into cylinder L23 via these air delivery pipes.

Cylinder cap L101 includes circular lid main body L111, and plan view shape is bigger than the upper surface of cylinder L23；And sliding part L112 is arranged to penetrate through the state of the upper opening L103a on the top for being set to frame L103 and move along the longitudinal direction certainly Such as, front end by lid main body L111 by shake freely up and down it is fraction of in a manner of support.Lid main body L111 with it is aftermentioned First air delivery pipe L9A connection is provided in the specified position of the bottom surface of lid main body L111 for will be defeated via the first air The air for sending pipe L9A to convey passes out to the air supply mouth (not shown) of lower section.In addition, being arranged in the upper end of lid main body L111 There is lid guide rod L113 that is longer than the shape of lid main body L111 and extending in left-right direction.The lid guide rod L113 is in water clock list First L21 is installed in the state of main body driving unit L22, along the longitudinal direction the sliding freely side wall with the left and right of cylinder frame L24 The upper end of L41, L41 engage.

Also, it is equipped on the first half top of lid main body L111 by the raw material of the material pouring inlet L37a from frame cover L37 And the hot water from hot water supply mouth L37b is directed to raw material/hot water guiding elements L114 of cylinder L23.Raw material/the hot water draws Component L114 is led by being set to the auxiliary material sliding slot L115 in the front of lid main body L111 and being set to the auxiliary material sliding slot The hot water of the left of L115 guides receiving portion L116 to be integrally formed.Auxiliary material sliding slot L115 is formed as prolonging along the vertical direction The tubular stretched, when cylinder cap L101 is located at position of readiness, auxiliary material sliding slot L115 is located at the material pouring inlet L37a of frame cover L37 Between cylinder L23, the raw material put into from material pouring inlet L37a is further directed to cylinder L23.

On the other hand, hot water guidance receiving portion L116 is formed as the open box-like in upper surface, is located in cylinder cap L101 standby When position, hot water guides receiving portion L116 that the hot water supplied from the hot water supply mouth L37b of frame cover L37 is further directed to cylinder L23, and receive from hot water supply mouth L37b the hot water of water clock, thus prevent cylinder cap L101 from being drenched by the hot water.In addition, in heat Water guidance receiving portion L116 bottom wall front end be provided with it is penetrating through along the vertical direction, protrude fraction of auxiliary hot water downwards Supply nozzle L116a.When cylinder cap L101 is located at position of readiness, auxiliary hot water supply nozzle L116a is configured at from surface The position of hot water guiding wall L27 in cylinder L23.Thus, hot water guidance receiving portion is flowed into from hot water supply mouth L37b L116 simultaneously knocks the hot water guiding wall L27 in cylinder L23 from top from the hot water that auxiliary hot water supply nozzle L116a sprays, on one side By the hot water guiding wall L27 along the circumferential guidance of the inner surface of cylinder L23, flowed down in cylinder L23 on one side.In addition, along cylinder L23 Inner surface temporarily received by the hot water diffusion protrusion L28 in cylinder L23 toward dirty hot water, the inner surface of another edge cylinder L23 Circumferential diffusion flow downwards on one side.As described above, hot water is fed into cylinder L23.

As shown in (a) of Figure 116, in the main body driving unit L22 of paper brewing machine LA, it is equipped with and is set with the covering from front It is placed in the lateral paper guide L109 that the state of the central portion opening L103b of the central portion of frame L103 vertically extends.This leads paper Plate L109 with covering framework L103 lower half and side view be rearward the bending section L109b of convex bending and from this Bending section L109b extends the rake L109a of specific length to rear obliquely downward.

When between the cylinder L23 and filter block L32 that filter paper LP is placed on water clock unit L21, manually by filter paper LP Be inserted into and feed from the lower section of paper brewing machine LA, thus the front end of filter paper LP along lateral paper guide L109 rake L109a quilt It is directed to top, is directed into front further along bending section L109b.Filter paper LP passes through cylinder from the rear side of water clock unit L21 as a result, Between L23 and filter block L32, the front of water clock unit L21 is reached.In such manner, it is possible to simply be carried out using lateral paper guide L109 The placement of filter paper LP.

In addition, as shown in (a) of Figure 117, in the main body driving unit L22 of net brewing machine LB, in frame L103 Scraper L102 is placed at centre portion opening L103b.As shown in (b) of Figure 117, scraper L102 includes: supporting element L102a, is overlooked It is shaped as the rectangular box-like of a circle bigger than the plan view shape of filter block L32；And the scraper body L102b of rubber system, Supporting element L102a is installed in a manner of hanging down from the front end of supporting element L102a, front shape is horizontally long rectangle.It is supporting The rear end of part L102a is provided with the engaging slot L102c for extending in left-right direction and being open upwards, in the engaging slot The specified position of L102c is formed with the notch L102d being rearward open.

The scraper L102 constituted in this way can be guided by the edge of the left and right of the central portion opening L103b of frame L103 While slide along the longitudinal direction.Moreover, scraper L102 is driven by cylinder cap/scraper driving mechanism L105, thus front end Scraper body L102b moved along the longitudinal direction on filter block L32.It is used as a result, and remains in strainer L72 after extracting coffee On the extraction slag of raw material scraped by scraper body L102b, and be discharged to the front or behind of water clock unit L21.

As shown in Figure 118, cam drive mechanism L104 includes the first motor L121, by DC motor drive mechanism at；Output Gear L123 to connect with first motor L121 via gear-box L122 (referring to Fig.1 20)；And driving engage gear L124 is engaged with output gear L123, and in the state that water clock unit L21 is installed on main body driving unit L22, with The driven engage gear L76a of the side water clock unit L21 is engaged.

The mode switch of the rotation angle for controlling cam plectane L55 is provided near output gear L123 L125.There is the mode switch L125 switch gear L125a, switch gear L125a to come and output by intermediate gear L126 Gear L123 engagement, is synchronously rotated with cam plectane L55 with equal angles.Mode switch L125 has in switch gear L125a rotates to be multiple modes that multiple defined rotation angle time-varying are on-state, and control unit is known according to these modes The rotation angle of other cam plectane L55.

Cylinder cap/scraper driving mechanism L105 includes with lower component etc.: the second motor L131, by DC motor drive mechanism at； Gear-box L132 is connect with second motor L131, is had and is vertically extended and that both ends are protruding to the outside is defeated Shaft (not shown)；Cylinder cap driving portion (not shown) and scraper driving portion L133, they are respectively arranged at the upper of above-mentioned output shaft Lower end.Cylinder cap driving portion engages with the rear end of the sliding part L112 of cylinder cap L101, revolves with the rotation of above-mentioned output shaft Turn, thus (schemes cylinder cap L101 with by the closed detent position of cylinder L23 in position of readiness (position shown in solid of Figure 118) Position shown in 118 double dot dash line) between driven along the longitudinal direction.

On the other hand, scraper driving portion L133 has the arm L133a for horizontally extending specific length and from its front end Engaging protuberances L133b outstanding downwards.In the main body driving unit L22 of net brewing machine LB, in scraper L102 from frame When being placed to central portion opening L103b in front of L103, the engaging protuberances L133b of scraper driving portion L133 is via scraper L102 The notch L102d of rear end to engage with engaging slot L102c.With the above-mentioned output shaft of cylinder cap/scraper driving mechanism L105 Rotation, scraper driving portion L133 rotated, and thus engaging protuberances L133b is slided in the engaging slot L102c of scraper L102. Scraper L102 is before position of readiness (position shown in solid of Figure 119) and scraper body L102b are than filter block L32 as a result, It is moved along the longitudinal direction between position (position shown in the double dot dash line of Figure 119) on the front at end.

In addition, above-mentioned cylinder cap driving portion and scraper driving portion L133 to link with output shaft via one-way clutch, When output shaft is rotated along prescribed direction, only cylinder cap driving portion is rotated, on output shaft edge and above-mentioned contrary direction When rotation, only scraper driving portion L133 is rotated.

Clamping element driving mechanism L106 is opened and closed when extracting coffee to for multiple specified positions to delivery pipe L9 Clamping element L8 driven, delivery pipe L9 is for conveying coffee, air.Here, being briefly described referring to Figure 98, Figure 99 defeated Send the configuration relation of pipe L9 Yu clamping element L8.As shown in both figures, delivery pipe L9 includes being connected to air pump L107 and cylinder cap L101 Between the first air delivery pipe L9A, be connected between air pump L107 and the engagement hose L140 of the side main body driving unit L22 The second air delivery pipe L9B and with the drink pipeline L9C that connect of engagement hose L140.These delivery pipes L9A~L9C is equal It is made of rubber elastomeric material.Above-mentioned engagement hose L140 is set to the bottom right end of the front side of main body driving unit L22, Water clock unit L21 is installed in the state of main body driving unit L22, is connect with the engagement hose L40 of the side water clock unit L21.

In addition, clamping element L8 includes 3 clamping elements for being respectively arranged in the midway of above-mentioned delivery pipe L9A~L9C, specifically Say it is the first air clamping element L8A, the second air clamping element L8B and beverage clamping element L8C.These clamping elements L8A~L8C is It is identical.As shown in Figure 120, each clamping element L8 includes: pipe holder L141, to the part for the delivery pipe L9 that itself is mounted It is kept；Clamp body L142 is rotatably freely installed on pipe holder L141, for cooperating therewith to delivery pipe L9 is squeezed, is closed；And cam L143, be rotatably freely set to clamp body L142 with delivery pipe L9 phase Anti- side, for clamp body L142 to be pressed into the side delivery pipe L9.

In the clamping element L8A~L8C constituted in this way, the first air clamping element L8A and the second air clamping element L8B or so It is adjacent to configuration, beverage clamping element L8C is configured to front and the first air clamping element L8A in the first air clamping element L8A In opposite directions.In addition, in these clamping elements L8A~L8C, cam L143 sharedization.

Clamping element driving mechanism L106 have with cam drive mechanism L104 above-mentioned share the first motor L121 and Gear-box L122, be fixed on its output shaft right part output gear L144 and engaged with output gear L144 and It is fixed on the driving gear L146 etc. of the rotary shaft L145 of the cam L143 of clamping element L8.

As described above, cam drive mechanism L104 and clamping element driving mechanism L106 is common with the first motor L121 Driving source will be driven with lower component into mutual co-operating: the cam plectane L55 that is driven by cam drive mechanism L104, filtering Block L32, cylinder cap locking component L57 and sewer pipe clamping component L58；And 3 folders by clamping element driving mechanism L106 driving Tight part L8A~L8C.As a result, when extracting coffee, opening for the upper and lower surfaces of cylinder L23 can efficiently and be suitably carried out It closes, sewer pipe clamping component L58 opens delivery pipe L9A~L9C the opening and closing of sewer pipe L50 and clamping element L8A~L8C It closes.

Then, 21~Figure 128 illustrates the filter paper carrying device L201 of paper brewing machine LA referring to Fig.1.The filter paper sends out dress Setting L201 includes the paper frame unit L202 for the keeping filter paper LP and paper driving unit L203 for driving paper frame unit L202.Paper frame Unit L202 to slide freely and detachable mode is installed on the bottom surface of water clock unit L21 along the longitudinal direction, on the other hand, Paper driving unit L203 to slide freely and detachable mode is installed on the bottom surface of main body driving unit L22 along the longitudinal direction Left part.

As shown in Figure 122, Figure 123 and Figure 124, paper frame unit L202 has with lower component etc.: than the cylinder of water clock unit L21 The wide band-like continuous filter paper LP of the outer diameter of L23；The frame body L204 that filter paper LP is kept in a manner of it can send out；If It is placed in left and right 2 roller for paper feeding L205, L205 of the forward upper of frame body L204；With cover two roller for paper feeding L205, What the mode of L205 was installed on the front end of frame body L204 puts paper door L206；The paper for being set to the back side of frame body L204 is used Detection bar L207 to the greatest extent；And it is built in the left side wall of frame body L204 and is used to carry out rotation drive to roller for paper feeding L205, L205 Dynamic drum drive L208.

The general filter paper of filter paper LP and coffee extract by plant fiber etc. again it is weaving superfine and being fabricated to , degree of filtration is than strainer L72 high above-mentioned.In addition, there is filter paper LP paper roll portion LPr, the paper roll portion LPr to roll up in paper roll shape It is wound on around the cylindric core LPs with defined internal diameter.

Frame body L204 is formed as that lower surface and front surface lower half are open box-like, has internal receiving filter paper LP's The plastic frame L211 of paper roll portion LPr.As shown in (b) of Figure 123, the central portion of frame L211 is from back side to front surface Be formed as to side arc-shaped convex upwards, the front surface lower half of frame L211 is covered by film hood L212, the film hood L212 is installed on the top part of frame L211 and extends to lower front surface portion.In addition, frame L211 has the side wall of left and right L213, L213 are equipped with cover L215 on the outside of the side wall L213 in left side.In two sidewalls L213, L213, in substantial middle Symmetrical position is formed with the circular opening L213a with defined diameter.Moreover, it is bounded on each side the outside of wall L213, Paper roll portion supporting member L216 is installed via opening L213a, paper roll portion supporting member L216 is configured to relative to frame The inside of L211 enters and leaves freely, supports the paper roll portion LPr of filter paper LP.

Paper roll portion supporting member L216 is made of the formed products of plastics, and as shown in Figure 124, including side view is than above-mentioned It the circular protrusion L216a of the small circle of opening L213a and is extended downward from protrusion L216a and flexible leg L216b.Protrusion L216a is configured to protrude from the opening L213a of side wall L213 to the inside of frame L211 a little, in protrusion The lower half of L216a is formed in a manner of close to side wall L213 inclined inclined surface L216c downward.By such as it is above that The paper roll portion supporting member L216 for the left and right that sample is constituted, the paper roll portion LPr of filter paper LP in its core LPs inserted with protrusion The state of L216a is rotatably freely supported.

In addition, installation and removal of the filter paper LP relative to paper frame unit L202 can be carried out simply as follows.That is, working as By the paper roll portion LPr of filter paper LP from the lower section of frame body L204 be inserted into its it is internal when, the end face of the left and right of paper roll portion LPr and left and right The inclined surface L216c of protrusion L216a of paper roll portion supporting member L216 abut, and each protrusion L216a is pressed into side wall The side L213, each protrusion L216a protruded inwardly originally as a result, keep out of the way to the side side wall L213.That is, two protrusions L216a, L216a expand (state shown in the double dot dash line of (b) of Figure 124) to the left and right.Then, in the core of paper roll portion LPr When LPs reaches the position of protrusion L216a, two protrusion L216a return to inside, engage with core LPs.In this way, only pass through by Paper roll portion LPr is inserted into frame body L204 from below can simply carry out the installation of filter paper LP.

On the other hand, the case where removing the paper roll portion LPr of filter paper LP from paper frame unit L202 when replacing filter paper LP etc. Under, paper roll portion LPr is temporarily jacked up in frame body L204.In this case, the lower half of the core LPs of paper roll portion LPr Edge is abutted with the inclined surface L216c of paper roll portion supporting member L216 of left and right, thus same when installation with above-mentioned filter paper LP Sample, protrusion L216a, L216a of the paper roll portion supporting member L216 of left and right expands to the left and right.Then, from the state, to oblique Inferoanterior pulls out paper roll portion LPr.Paper roll portion LPr is fetched to front via the front surface lower half of frame body L204 as a result,.Such as Above such, the disassembly of filter paper LP also can simply be carried out by above-mentioned process.

In addition, each paper roll portion supporting member L216 at the L216b of its leg by defined anticreep component L217 securely It is installed on the side wall L213 of frame L211.Thus, in the installation and removal of above-mentioned filter paper LP, even if protrusion L216a is by paper Volume portion LPr pressing, paper roll portion supporting member L216 will not be detached from from the side wall L213 of frame L211.

As shown in Figure 122 and Figure 123, roller for paper feeding L205, L205 shape and size of left and right are mutually the same, across frame body Extend in left-right direction between side wall L213, L213 of the left and right of L204, and fixes at spaced intervals in the lateral direction each other In the drum shaft L218 for being rotatably freely supported on two side walls L213, L213.Roller for paper feeding L205 passes through arc sections L205a, straight line portion L205b and roundlet arc portion L205c are formed as regulation shape, wherein arc sections L205a has regulation Thickness and diameter, straight line portion L205b is linearly connected with the both ends of arc sections L205a, and the roundlet arc portion L205c is prominent It is set to the interior side edge part of straight line portion L205b out, there is the diameter smaller than the diameter of arc sections L205a.In arc sections L205a is formed with a large amount of tooth along its circumferential direction.

Paper door L206 is put to have the door main body L221 extended in left-right direction and be in from the both ends of door main body L221 Squarely extend and side view is arm L222, L222 of the substantially left and right of 90 degree of bending.It is fixed at the back side of door main body L221 There is the roll shaft L223 extended in left-right direction, at its both ends, is rotatably freely supported with and two roller for paper feeding L205, L205 Corresponding roller L224, L224.In addition, the front surface in door main body L221 is equipped with for being extracted using filter paper LP discharge The slag separating plate L225 for separating the extraction slag from filter paper LP when slag.The shape of water clock unit L21 is installed in paper frame unit L202 Under state, the slag separating plate L225 with from door main body L221 backward on tilt to water clock unit L21 front side guide reel L38 near Mode extend.

Arm L222, L222 of left and right are rotatably freely supported with following state: being provided projectingly on the appearance of its front end The engaging protuberances L222a in face is inserted into the lengthwise for being formed in the front end of side wall L213 of the left and right of frame body L204 from inside Connecting hole L213b.In addition, in the substantially central portion on the length direction of each arm L222 and between corresponding side wall L213, peace Equipped with to the spring L226 putting paper door L206 and exerting a force to the side frame body L204.Also, in each arm L222 by door main body L221's Specified position is provided with sticking department L222b, and sticking department L222b is protruded outward, for passing through side wall corresponding with being set to The locking paper door L206 that will put of the engaging portion L213c of the upper front end of L213 is locked as closed state.

Filter paper LP is by the guidance of the rear side of the guide reel L204a of the back side lower end of frame body L204 and water clock unit L21 Roller L39 is guided, and is guided by between cylinder L23 and filter block L32, then by the guide reel L38 of the front side of water clock unit L21, It is placed in a manner of hanging down on front side of water clock unit L21.Moreover, the part of filter paper LP hung down is constituted as described above Left and right roller for paper feeding L205, L205 and put paper door L206 two rollers L224, L224 clamping.Pass through drum drive L208 carries out rotation driving along prescribed direction (clockwise direction in (b) of Figure 123) to roller for paper feeding L205, L205, thus The filter paper LP placed as described above is fed from the paper roll portion side LPr in frame body L204.

In addition, in two roller for paper feeding L205, L205, being filtered sending out as shown in (b) of Figure 122 and (b) of Figure 123 When standby other than paper LP, each straight line portion L205b and corresponding roller L224, L224 are opposite.In this case, filter paper LP not by into Paper roll L205 and roller L224 is clamped.Thus, it, can be by simply will manually when carrying out the maintenance etc. of paper brewing machine LA Filter paper LP is pulled out to the lower section of roller for paper feeding L205 and roller L224.In addition, even if filter block L32 when with coffee is extracted Rise and in the case that filter paper LP is pulled to the side filter block L32, since filter paper LP is not clamped by roller for paper feeding L205 and roller L224, Therefore the undesirable conditions such as filter paper LP breakage be can be avoided.

In addition, in the case where filter paper LP to be placed between roller for paper feeding L205 and roller L224, such as (b) institute of Figure 123 Show, by making to put paper door L206, sidespin transfers open this and puts paper door L206 forward, and thus, it is possible in roller for paper feeding L205 and roller Ensure bigger space between L224.Then, after making filter paper LP pass through the space, paper door L206 will be put and be closed as originally State.In such manner, it is possible to put paper door L206 by opening and closing simply to carry out the above-mentioned placement of filter paper LP.

As shown in (b) and Figure 125 of Figure 123, paper uses up detection bar L207 with the fulcrum horizontally extended in left-right direction The back side lower end of the frame L211 of frame body L204 is rotatably freely supported on centered on L207a.In addition, paper uses up detection Bar L207 includes the bar main body L207b of strip, upwards from the right part (upper end of (a) of Figure 125) of fulcrum L207a Extend；And detection bar portion L207c, prolong from the left part (lower end of (a) of Figure 125) of fulcrum L207a to rear obliquely downward It stretches a little.Bar main body L207b is located at the inside of frame L211, and detection bar portion L207c is prominent to the rear of frame L211.In addition, Torsionspring L228 is installed in the left part that paper uses up the fulcrum L207a of detection bar L207, passes through torsionspring L228, edge Clockwise direction in (b) of Figure 123 uses up detection bar L207 force to paper.Thus, as shown in the drawing, detection bar is used up in paper In L207, bar main body L207b is abutted with the outer peripheral surface of the paper roll portion LPr of filter paper LP, as shown in (b) of Figure 125, with paper roll portion The diminution of the diameter of LPr, paper use up detection bar L207 follow paper roll portion LPr diameter diminution and revolve along clockwise direction Turn.Therewith, detection bar portion L207c rotates upwards, uses up detection switch L247 by the aftermentioned paper of the side paper driving unit L203 Detect the situation.

Then, illustrate that roller for paper feeding L205, L205 to left and right carry out the drum drive L208 of rotation driving.Such as figure Shown in 124, drum drive L208 is set to by the side wall L213 in the left side of the left side wall of frame body L204, i.e. frame L211 The space impaled with cover L215.Drum drive L208 has: front pulley L231, be fixed on drum shaft L218 from a left side The end outstanding side wall L213 of side；Belt wheel L232 afterwards is rotatably freely set to the rear end of the side wall L213 in left side；Together Step band L233, is wound in two belt wheels L231, L232；And driven gear L235, it is fixed on and is shared with rear belt wheel L232 Fulcrum L234, be configured between rear belt wheel L232 and the side wall L213 in left side.Pass through the aftermentioned drive of paper driving unit L203 Moving gear L244 carries out rotation driving to driven gear L235 along prescribed direction (clockwise direction of (a) of Figure 124), thus Belt wheel L232 rotates in same direction afterwards, thus, by synchronous belt L233, front pulley L231 also rotates in same direction.As a result, Roller for paper feeding L205, L205 of left and right are rotated as described above to feed filter paper LP.

In addition, geared lock mechanisms L236 is provided near the above-mentioned driven gear L235 of frame L211, in paper frame When unit L202 is removed and separates with paper driving unit L203 from water clock unit L21, the geared lock mechanisms L236 locking from Moving gear L235.As shown in Figure 126, geared lock mechanisms L236 includes locking component L237 and to locking component L237 The rearward spring L238 of (left of Figure 126) force.Locking component L237 includes ring portion L237a, is formed as horizontally long ring Shape, is surrounded and the side of driven gear L235 is arranged around integral hub L235a；And sliding part L237b, from this Ring portion L237a extends forwards, is sliding freely supported on the side wall L213 in the left side of frame L211 along the longitudinal direction.In addition, The front end of the inside of ring portion L237a is provided with rearward locking convex portion L239 outstanding.

On the other hand, outside side opening is formed in the specified position of the circumferential surface of the hub L235a of driven gear L235 Engaging recessed part L235b.When driven gear L235 is located at position of readiness, as shown in Figure 126, engaging recessed part L235b and locking The locking convex portion L239 of component L237 is opposite.

In the geared lock mechanisms L236 constituted as described above, as shown in (a) of Figure 126, in paper frame unit L202 When being in the state being separated from each other with paper driving unit L203, locking component L237 is exerted a force by spring L238, locking convex portion L239 It is chimeric with the engaging recessed part L235b of driven gear L235.Driven gear L235 is locked as a result,.On the other hand, in paper frame unit In the state that L202 and paper driving unit L203 are connected to each other, the locking component abutting part of the front end of paper driving unit L203 L241a is abutted from rear with the ring portion L237a of locking component L237, resist spring L238 force by locking component L237 to Front pressing.The locking convex portion L239 of locking component L237 is detached from from the engaging recessed part L235b of driven gear L235 as a result, As a result, driven gear L235 becomes the state that can be rotated.

In this way, driven gear L235 is locked, therefore removes when having removed paper frame unit L202 from paper driving unit L203 Other than the rear belt wheel L232 being integral with is locked, the front pulley L231 linked via synchronous belt L233 with it also locked It is fixed.As a result, being fixed on two roller for paper feeding L205, L205 with the front pulley L231 i.e. drum shaft L218 of rotary shaft shared It is locked.It, can be so that each roller for paper feeding as a result, in the state of having removed paper frame unit L202 from paper driving unit L203 The mode straight line portion L205b of L205 opposite with corresponding roller L224 locks roller for paper feeding L205.

As previously described, it is preferred that when standby, roller for paper feeding L205 stops being that straight line portion L205b and roller L224 is opposite. Thus, it when safeguard etc., is removed from paper driving unit L203 in paper frame unit L202, is installed on paper driving unit again Roller for paper feeding L205 before L203, when being able to maintain the stop angle position of roller for paper feeding L205, therefore can ensure standby Above-mentioned stop angle position.In addition, only can be simply by the way that paper frame unit L202 is installed on paper driving unit L203 Carry out the releasing of the locking of roller for paper feeding L205.

Figure 127 shows paper driving unit L203, and Figure 128 shows the internal structure of paper driving unit L203 and shows Paper frame unit L202 is gone out.As shown in both figures, paper driving unit L203 has: motor L242, is configured at and constitutes paper drive Rear portion in the shell L241 of the gabarit of moving cell L203；Gear-box L243 connect with motor L242, is installed on shell The right side of L241；And driving gear L244, it is configured at the front in shell L241, is fixed on the left side along gear-box L243 The output shaft L243a that right direction (direction in the table of Figure 128) extends.It is provided in the left side of driving gear L244 in predetermined bits Set the cam L245 with engaging recessed part L245a.In addition, being configured with paper feed detection switch at the rear of driving gear L244 L246, the paper feed detection switch L246 using cam L245 come the microswitch for carrying out on/off switching by being constituted.The paper feed Detection switch L246 has switch roller L246b in the front end of its operating stick L246a, is pressed against by switch roller L246b Drive the circumferential surface of the cam L245 of gear L244, paper feed detection switch L246 is turned on, by switch roller L246b with The engaging recessed part L245a of cam L245 is opposite and is released from pressing, which becomes off-state.

In addition, being provided with the paper being made of microswitch in paper driving unit L203 in the lower end of shell L241 and using up Detection switch L247, configured with the changer lever for using up detection switch L247 progress on/off switching to the paper on the downside of it L248.Paper, which uses up detection switch L247, has switch roller L247b in the top end part of its operating stick L247a, by utilizing changer lever L248 presses switch roller L247b from below, and paper is used up detection switch L247 and is turned on, is released from by the pressing, Paper uses up detection switch L247 as off-state.

As shown in (a) of Figure 128, changer lever L248 extends along the longitudinal direction, with the branch of rear end (left part of the figure) Paper is being used up into connection switching position ((a) institute of Figure 128 that detection switch L247 is switched to on-state centered on point L248a The position shown) with paper used up into detection switch L247 be switched to the disconnection switching position of off-state (shown in (b) of Figure 128 Position) between be rotatably freely supported on shell L241.In addition, being provided in the front end of changer lever L248 along tiltedly upper and obliquely downward The holding section L248b of the two trouble shapes extended.Also, the fulcrum L248a of changer lever L248 is provided with torsionspring L249, utilizes Torsionspring L249 exerts a force to counter clockwise direction of the changer lever L248 in Figure 128.

Thus, as shown in (a) of Figure 128, in the state that paper frame unit L202 is separated with paper driving unit L203, paper is used Detection switch L247 is switched bar L248 and presses from below to the greatest extent, is turned on.On the other hand, as shown in (b) of Figure 128, In the state that paper frame unit L202 is installed on paper driving unit L203, the paper of the side paper frame unit L202 uses up detection bar L207's Detection bar portion L207c engages with the holding section L248b of the front end of the changer lever L248 of the side paper driving unit L203.

As shown in (b) of Figure 123, in the sufficient situation of surplus of filter paper LP, paper uses up the lower end of detection bar L207 Detection bar portion L207c be located at the position that rearward extends obliquely downward.In this case, as shown in (b) of Figure 128, bar portion is detected L207c engages with the holding section L248b of the changer lever L248 of paper driving unit L203 is pressed into lower section.Switch as a result, Bar L248, which is located at, disconnects switching position, is in an off state as a result, paper uses up detection switch L247, therefore differentiated by control unit It is unexhausted for paper.

On the other hand, as the diameter such as Figure 125 for using filter paper LP, the paper roll portion LPr of filter paper LP therewith because extracting coffee (b) double dot dash line shown in become smaller when diameter as defined in reaching like that, paper uses up the detection of the lower end of detection bar L207 Bar portion L207c is located at the position substantially horizontally extended.Switching of the detection bar portion L207c to the side paper driving unit L203 as a result, The pressing of bar L248 is released from.As a result, due to the force of torsionspring L249, changer lever L248, which is located at, connects switching position, As a result, paper uses up detection switch L247 in an ON state, therefore paper is determined as by control unit and is used up.

In addition, above-mentioned paper uses up detection bar L207 in addition to for being also used to differentiate paper frame unit other than differentiating that paper is used up Whether L202 is appropriately mounted at paper driving unit L203.That is, when having removed paper frame unit L202 from paper driving unit L203, As shown in (a) of Figure 128, the changer lever L248 of paper driving unit L203, which is located at, connects switching position, and paper uses up detection switch L247 is on-state.When paper frame unit L202 is appropriately mounted at paper driving unit L203 from the state, such as Figure 128 (b) shown in, paper uses up the holding section of the changer lever L248 of the side detection bar portion L207c and paper driving unit L203 of detection bar L207 L248b engaging is pressed into lower section.Changer lever L248, which is located at, as a result, disconnects switching position, opens as a result, paper uses up detection It closes L247 and goes off state from on-state, therefore be determined as suitably being mounted with paper frame unit L202 by control unit.

On the other hand, when paper frame unit L202 is not appropriately mounted at paper driving unit L203, paper uses up detection bar The detection bar portion L207c of L207 will not suitably engage with the changer lever L248 of the side paper driving unit L203, thus changer lever L248 is maintained connection switching position, as a result, paper, which uses up detection switch L247, remains on-state.That is, will When paper frame unit L202 is installed on paper driving unit L203, original paper, which uses up detection switch L247, should go off state, but It is that paper uses up detection switch L247 and remains on-state, thus, it is possible to be determined as not pacifying paper-feeding frame unit L202 suitably.Such as It is above such, detection bar L207 can be used up using paper easily to differentiate whether paper frame unit L202 is appropriately mounted at paper and drive Moving cell L203.

Then, the action diagram of the flow chart of 29~Figure 133 and Figure 134~Figure 164 illustrate structure as described above referring to Fig.1 At brewing mechanism L movement.In addition, in action diagram, if table is carried out centered on the spinning movement of cam plectane L55 in upper layer Show, lower layer is indicated centered on the movement of filter block L32 and cylinder cap L101.In addition, in the following illustration, with reference first to figure The action diagram of 134~Figure 144 come illustrate using paper brewing machine LA carry out coffee the cooking act, illustrate to brew using net later The cooking movement for the coffee that machine LB is carried out.

Figure 129, which shows to exist to sell in the cup type automatic vendor 1 for having paper brewing machine LA or net brewing machine LB, to be referred to What sale when enabling acted executes processing (main routine), and sale instruction is based on the commodity selection button for utilizing coffee by user The operation of progress.The control program is corresponding with the case where having any one in paper brewing machine LA and net brewing machine LB, for Changed jointly for two brewing machines LA and LB.

In addition, Figure 134 shows the standby mode of paper brewing machine LA.Under the standby mode, cam plectane L55, filtering Block L32 and cylinder cap L101 is located at respective position of readiness, and the upper and lower surfaces of cylinder L23 are opened.In addition, Under the standby mode, as shown in (1) of Figure 165, the first air clamping element L8A, the second air clamping element L8B and beverage are clamped Part L8C is open state, thus, delivery pipe L9A~L9C corresponding with clamping element L8A~L8C is opened.

In the main routine of the movement of the sale shown in Figure 129, (" LS1 " is illustrated as in step LS1 first.It is same as below) In, it executes and extracts slag discharge with initial treatment (secondary routine).Figure 130, which is shown, extracts slag discharge initial treatment.Such as the figure institute Show, in this pair routine, discriminates whether that there are filter paper LP (step LS21) first.Specifically, according to whether paper driving unit L203 is installed on brewing machine main body L20 and the motor L242 of paper driving unit L203 is electrically connected to be sentenced with control unit Not.Since paper brewing machine LA has paper driving unit L203, the differentiation result of above-mentioned steps LS21 is "Yes", is directly terminated This pair routine.

Back to the main routine of Figure 129, in step LS2, increase filter block L32.Specifically, being driven in main body single In first L22, the first motor L121 of cam drive mechanism L104 is rotated along prescribed direction, thus the cam of water clock unit L21 Plectane L55 being rotated clockwise in Figure 134.The sliding engaged as a result, with the first cam path L53 of cam plectane L55 Part L56 rises, and is risen together with the filter paper LP on the upside of it by the sliding part L56 filter block L32 supported.In this case, exist The rising midway of sliding part L56, the lower edge of the long hole L56b of sliding part L56 and the engaging protuberances of sewer pipe clamping component L58 L58a is abutted, and later, with the rising of sliding part L56, sewer pipe clamping component L58 also rises.Then, convex as shown in Figure 135 It takes turns plectane L55 and rotates about 180 degree from position of readiness, thus filter paper LP to be pressed onto the state of the lower surface of cylinder L23 by filter block L32 The lower surface of cylinder L23 is sealed.In addition, in this case, sewer pipe clamping component L58 is in its press section L58b and holddown spring Sewer pipe L50 is squeezed between L59, is thus closed.

Then, in this state, from tank D10 and reservoir F respectively into cylinder L23 supply specified amount raw material (such as 10g) and hot water (such as 105ml) (step LS3).Specifically, material pouring inlet L37a and cylinder cap of the raw material via frame cover L37 The auxiliary material sliding slot L115 of L101 is supplied to cylinder L23.In addition, aftermentioned to execute operating the increment button of coffee by user Large capacity extract in the case where, to cylinder L23 supply than above-mentioned more raw material (such as 15g).On the other hand, hot water is via frame cover The auxiliary hot water supply nozzle L116a of the hot water supply mouth L37b and cylinder cap L101 of L37 are supplied to cylinder L23.In addition, in the original Under material/hot water supply state, as shown in (2) of Figure 165, only the second air clamping element L8B is open state, other clamping elements L8A and L8C become closed state.

In addition, keeping above-mentioned state after base feed and hot water, air pump L107 is set to work the stipulated time, thus Stirring is supplied with air (step LS4) to cylinder L23.Specifically, air is from air pump L107 via the second air delivery pipe L9B Filter block L32 is sent to filter block pipe L32a.The air passes through the strainer L72 and filter paper LP of filter block L32 as a result, to cylinder Raw material and hot water in L23 are stirred.

After above-mentioned stirring, as shown in Figure 136, supplied from reservoir F into cylinder L23 specified amount hot water (such as 50ml) as rear hot water (step LS5).By hot water after supplying like this, even if raw material is attached to cylinder in base feed In the case where the inner surface top of L23, also the raw material can be made to be detached from from the inner surface of cylinder L23 using rear hot water.As a result, energy It is enough in the cooking of coffee effectively using being supplied to all raw materials of cylinder L23, and prevent the raw material for being attached to cylinder L23 next It is used when secondary sale, thus, it is possible to cook good coffee in sale next time.

Then, in main body driving unit L22, the second motor of cylinder cap/scraper driving mechanism L105 L131 is along regulation Direction rotates, thus cylinder cap driving portion rotation predetermined angular (such as 180 degree), and the cylinder cap L101 of position of readiness, which advances, as a result, (walks Rapid LS6).Specifically, the lid main body L111 of cylinder cap L101 reaches the surface of cylinder L23 as shown in Figure 137.Then, keeping should State makes air pump L107 work again the stipulated time, thus supplies stirring air to cylinder L23 in the same manner as above-mentioned stirring (step LS7).By the above, in the internal extraction coffee of cylinder L23.

Then, the first motor L121 of cam drive mechanism L104 rotates again, and thus cam plectane L55 further revolves Turn.Then, as shown in Figure 138, cam plectane L55 rotates about 240 degree from position of readiness, thus with the second of cam plectane L55 The cylinder cap locking component L57 of cam path L54 engaging being rotated clockwise a little in the figure, will using its sticking department L57b Lid guide rod L113 is depressed downwards, is locked cylinder cap L101 (step LS8).Cylinder cap L101 is as a result, with lid main body L111 and cylinder L23 Upper surface abut state be sealed against.In addition, in this state, as shown in (3) of Figure 165, the first air clamping element L8A It is open state with beverage clamping element L8C, on the other hand, the second air clamping element L8B is closed state.

Then, in step LS9, the extraction process (secondary routine) of coffee is executed.Figure 131 shows coffee extract processing. As shown in the drawing, in this pair routine, first in the same manner as aforementioned step LS21, discriminate whether that there are filter paper LP (steps LS31).In paper brewing machine LA, the differentiation result of step LS31 is "Yes", in following step LS32, discriminate whether into Row large capacity extracts.Large capacity extraction is the extraction of the coffee executed when operating the increment button of coffee by user Reason.

When not operating the increment button of coffee (step LS32: "No"), LS33 is entered step, air pump L107 is made to work Thus stipulated time transports to cylinder L23 supply with air (step LS33).Specifically, air is from air pump L107 via One air delivery pipe L9A is sent to cylinder cap L101, and is supplied to cylinder L23.By the air pressurized in cylinder L23, extracted in inside Coffee filtered by filter paper LP and strainer L72, successively by filter block L32, filter block pipe L32a, drink pipeline L9C, stirring After bowl M and drinking straw L16, it is fed into the cup W for being placed in and cooking position.

On the other hand, in the increment button for operating coffee (step LS32: "Yes"), LS34 is entered step, is executed big Capacity extraction process (secondary routine) (step LS34).Figure 132 shows large capacity extraction process.As shown in the drawing, in this pair example Cheng Zhong is transported to cylinder L23 supply with air (the 1st time) (step first in the same manner as the step LS33 of above-mentioned Figure 131 LS41).The coffee extracted in cylinder L23 as a result, is fed into a glass W as the coffee obtained by the 1st extraction.But In this case, it is preferred that coffee in cylinder L23 stops air pump L107 by before transporting completely, using being supplied to cylinder The overbottom pressure of the air of L23 carries out transporting for coffee.Thereby, it is possible to reduce, the micropowder of raw material is transported together with coffee and is supplied The case where being given to glass W, thereby, it is possible to the good coffees to cup W supply no impurity taste.

Then, the first motor L121 of cam drive mechanism L104 is rotated along direction contrary to the above, thus cam Plectane L55 also rotates in the reverse direction predetermined angular (about 60 degree, from the point of view of position of readiness about 180 degree).In this case, as schemed Shown in 139, cylinder cap locking component L57 is released from the locking of lid guide rod L113, thus releases the locking (step of cylinder cap L101 LS42).In addition, in this case, which is jacked up by the protrusion L55b of cam plectane L55.

Then, the second motor L131 of cylinder cap/scraper driving mechanism L105 is rotated along direction same as described above, thus Cylinder cap driving portion further rotates predetermined angular (such as 180 degree), thus as shown in Figure 143, cylinder cap L101 retreat, back to Set (step LS43) in seat in the plane.The upper surface of cylinder L23 is opened as a result,.Then, specified amount is supplied into cylinder L23 from reservoir F Hot water (such as 140ml) is as additional hot water (step LS44).

In addition, in the same manner as step LS4, supplying stirring air (step to cylinder L23 after supplying additional hot water LS45), the existing raw material in cylinder L23 is stirred with additional hot water.After the stirring, with step LS6 and step LS8 similarly, makes the cylinder cap L101 of position of readiness proceed to the surface (step LS46) of cylinder L23, and by cylinder cap L101 It locks (step LS47).As a result, as shown in Figure 144, the upper surface of cylinder L23 is sealed by cylinder cap L101.Then, with the step of Figure 131 Rapid LS33 similarly, is transported to cylinder L23 supply with air (the 2nd time) (step LS48).The coffee extracted in cylinder L23 as a result, Coffee is fed into a glass W as the coffee obtained by the 2nd extraction.

Back to the main routine of Figure 129, in the coffee extract after treatment of above-mentioned step LS9, the step of with Figure 132 LS42 similarly, releases the locking (step LS10) of cylinder cap L101, and later, in the same manner as step LS43, cylinder cap L101 is retreated, and returns Return to position of readiness (step LS11).

Then, keep above-mentioned state, as shown in Figure 140, from reservoir F to cylinder L23 investment specified amount hot water (such as 8ml) as the flushing hot water of the inner surface for cleaning cylinder L23 (the 1st time) (step LS12).As previously mentioned, according to cylinder L23 Inside shape and positioned at position of readiness cylinder cap L101 auxiliary hot water supply nozzle L116a positional relationship, via Auxiliary hot water supply nozzle L116a puts into flushings hot water one side of cylinder L23 along the inner surface of cylinder L23 and circumferentially spreads one While flowing down.As a result, after transporting coffee from cylinder L23, be attached to the extraction slag of the inner surface of cylinder L23 with rinse together with hot water to Lower section flows down.

Later, the first motor L121 of cam drive mechanism L104 is rotated along direction same as described above, thus cam Plectane L55 rotates predetermined angular (about 180 degree), and as a result, as shown in Figure 141, filter block L32 declines (step LS13), returns to Position of readiness.In this case, it extracts slag LG and remains on the filter paper LP on filter block L32.Then, the state is kept, such as the figure It is shown, it further (is walked to the hot water (such as 10ml) of cylinder L23 investment specified amount as hot water (the 2nd time) is rinsed from reservoir F Rapid LS14).By the 2nd flushing hot water, the extraction slag LG for adhering to/remaining on the lower end of cylinder L23 originally is rinsed, falls Under on filter paper LP.

Then, execute extract slag discharge processing (secondary routine) (step LS15), terminate the main routine of Figure 129, back to Machine state.Figure 133, which is shown, extracts slag discharge processing.As shown in the drawing, in this pair routine, firstly, with aforementioned step LS21 similarly, discriminates whether that there are filter paper LP (step LS51).In paper brewing machine LA, the differentiation result of step LS51 is Filter paper LP is fed specific length (step LS52) by "Yes", and as a result, as shown in Figure 142, the extraction slag LG on filter paper LP is discharged To front.In this case, as shown in the drawing, slag LG will be extracted from filter paper LP using the slag separating plate L225 of paper frame unit L202 Separation.Then, the extraction slag LG being discharged is received the inder pot to lower section.

By the above, the sale for the coffee that the cup type automatic vendor 1LA for having paper brewing machine LA is carried out terminates.

Then, the action diagram of 45~Figure 164 is dynamic using the cooking of the net brewing machine LB coffee carried out to illustrate referring to Fig.1 Make.Relative to above-mentioned paper brewing machine LA, in the cooking movement of the coffee carried out using the net brewing machine LB, only Figure 129 Step LS1, step LS9 and the secondary routine of step LS15 this 3 in main routine is different, other controls and above-mentioned paper brewing machine LA is common.Thus, in the following description, it is illustrated centered on these secondary routines.

In addition, the discharge direction for extracting slag can be set in advance to be discharged to water clock unit L21 in net brewing machine LB Front or behind, and can be set to alternately to be discharged to front and back every stipulated number (such as 1 time~10 times). Thus, in the following illustration, firstly, referring to Fig.1 the action diagram of 45~Figure 155 come illustrate extract slag discharge direction be set to The movement of the net brewing machine LB (hereinafter appropriately referred to as " preceding discharge net brewing machine LB ") in front, later 56~Figure 164 referring to Fig.1 Action diagram illustrates that the discharge direction for extracting slag is set to net brewing machine LB (hereinafter appropriately referred to as " the rear discharge net punching at rear Bubble machine LB ") movement.

The standby mode of discharge net brewing machine LB before Figure 145 is shown.Under the standby mode, with above-mentioned paper brewing machine Similarly, cam plectane L55, filter block L32 and cylinder cap L101 are located at respective position of readiness, in addition to this, scraper to LA L102 is located at the position of readiness at the rear of filter block L32.

As shown in Figure 129, in the main routine of sale movement, firstly, executing mentioning as secondary routine in step LS1 Slag discharge initial treatment is taken, in this pair routine, as illustrated in graph 130, discriminates whether that there are filter paper LP (step LS21).At this In example, net brewing machine LB does not have paper driving unit L203, therefore the differentiation result of above-mentioned steps LS21 is "No", is entered step LS22 is differentiated and is discharged whether the discharge direction for extracting slag is front (step LS22) using scraper L102.In the preceding discharge of this example In net brewing machine LB, the discharge direction for extracting slag is set to front, therefore the differentiation result of above-mentioned steps LS22 is "Yes", directly Binding beam this pair routine.

Back to the main routine of Figure 129, step LS2~step LS8 is executed.Figure 146, Figure 147, Figure 148, Figure 149 difference It is corresponding with Figure 135, Figure 136, Figure 137, Figure 138 of action diagram as paper brewing machine LA above-mentioned.

Then, in step LS9, the coffee extract processing as secondary routine is executed, in this pair routine, such as Figure 131 institute Show, discriminates whether that there are filter paper LP (step LS31).In this example, the differentiation result of above-mentioned steps LS31 is "No", executes step Rapid LS33 terminates this pair routine.By executing step LS33, quilt after the coffee extracted in cylinder L23 is filtered by strainer L72 It is supplied to the cup W for cooking position.

Back to the main routine of Figure 129, step LS10~step LS14 is executed.Figure 150, Figure 151, Figure 152 respectively with work Figure 139, Figure 140, Figure 141 for the action diagram of paper brewing machine LA above-mentioned is corresponding.In addition, in this example, in step LS13, Cam plectane L55 rotates to the angle position (about -40 degree from the point of view of position of readiness) more than position of readiness.In this case, such as Shown in Figure 152, sliding part L56 carrys out the proximity L61a with the first cam path L53 of cam plectane L55 by engaging protuberances L56a Engaging.By the above, filter block L32 temporarily drops to after position of readiness, stop after rising to fraction of position higher than the position Only, slag LG is extracted to remain on its strainer L72.

Then, in step LS15, the extraction slag discharge processing as secondary routine is executed.In this pair routine, such as Figure 133 It is shown, discriminate whether that there are filter paper LP (step LS51), in this example, which is "No", enters step LS54.At this In step LS54, differentiate whether the discharge direction for extracting slag is set to front.In this example, which is "Yes", position Advance in the scraper L102 of position of readiness, slag LG will be extracted and be discharged to front (step LS57).Specifically, cylinder cap/scraper drives The second motor L131 of motivation structure L105 is rotated along prescribed direction, thus scraper driving portion L133 rotation about 180 degree.As a result, As shown in Figure 153, scraper L102 is moved to the extraction slag drain position in front from position of readiness.In this case, scraper body With the strainer L72 sliding contact of filter block L32, the extraction slag LG on lower filter screen L72 is scraped on one side, by this on one side in the lower end of L102b It extracts slag LG and is discharged to front.

In addition, the first motor L121 of cam drive mechanism L104 is along rule after extraction slag LG is discharged to front Determine direction to rotate, as a result, cam plectane L55 being rotated clockwise predetermined angular (for example, about 40 degree) in Figure 151, return To position of readiness.As a result, as shown in Figure 154, filter block L32 decline is a little, returns to position of readiness (step LS58).In the shape Under state, gap is ensured between the lower end of the strainer L72 and scraper body L102b of filter block L32.

Later, the second motor L131 of cylinder cap/scraper driving mechanism L105 is rotated along direction same as described above, thus Scraper driving portion L133 rotation about 180 degree.As a result, as shown in Figure 155, scraper L102 is retreated, and returns to position of readiness (step LS59)。

By the above, the sale knot for the coffee that the cup type automatic vendor 1LB of discharge net brewing machine LB is carried out before having Beam.

Then, illustrate that the discharge direction for extracting slag is set to the movement of the rear discharge net brewing machine LB at rear.Figure 156 shows The standby mode of rear discharge net brewing machine LB is gone out.In addition, the standby mode is identical as above-mentioned preceding discharge net brewing machine LB, scrape The position of readiness that knife L102 is located behind.

As shown in Figure 129, in the main routine of sale movement, firstly, executing mentioning as secondary routine in step LS1 Slag discharge initial treatment is taken, in this pair routine, carries out the differentiation of the step LS21 and step LS22 of Figure 130.The step LS22, which differentiates, is discharged whether the discharge direction for extracting slag is front using scraper L102, in the net brewing machine LB of this example, extracts The discharge direction of slag is set to rear, therefore the differentiation result of above-mentioned steps LS22 is "No", enters step LS23.

In step LS23, the second motor L131 of cylinder cap/scraper driving mechanism L105 is rotated along prescribed direction, by This scraper driving portion L133 rotation about 180 degree.As a result, as shown in Figure 157, scraper L102 from position of readiness be moved to front with The identical position (hereinafter referred to as " front side position of readiness ") of extraction slag drain position above-mentioned.

Back to the main routine of Figure 129, step LS2~step LS14 is executed.Figure 158, Figure 159~Figure 161 and Figure 162, Figure 163 respectively with as extract slag front be discharged it is above-mentioned before discharge net brewing machine LB action diagram Figure 146, figure 148~Figure 150, Figure 151, Figure 152 are corresponding.

Then, in step LS15, the extraction slag discharge processing as secondary routine is executed, in this pair routine, carries out figure The differentiation of 133 step LS51 and step LS54.Step LS54 differentiates whether the discharge direction for extracting slag is front, in this example Rear discharge net brewing machine LB in, the discharge direction for extracting slag is set to rear, therefore the differentiation result of above-mentioned steps LS54 For "No", LS55 is entered step.

In step LS55, the second motor L131 of cylinder cap/scraper driving mechanism L105 is along side same as described above To rotation, thus scraper driving portion L133 rotates about 180 degree.As a result, as shown in Figure 164, scraper L102 is from front side position of readiness It rearward moves, thus will extract slag LG and be discharged to rear, return to position of readiness.

Later, the first motor L121 of cam drive mechanism L104 is rotated along prescribed direction, thus the edge cam plectane L55 Predetermined angular (for example, about 40 degree) are rotated clockwise in Figure 164.Filter block L32 decline is a little as a result, returns to standby Position (step LS56, referring to Fig.1 56).

By the above, the sale knot for the coffee that the cup type automatic vendor 1LB that net brewing machine LB is discharged after having is carried out Beam.

Then, illustrate strainer L72.

As shown in Figure 168 and Figure 169, the strainer L72 as filter assembling part has disk-shaped filter body L721, holding plate (metal plate) L722 being set on the downside of it and the fixed frame L723 for they to be fixed to each other.Filtering Device main body L721 has wet end L721a and the flange part L721b that is arranged of entire peripheral part ground throughout wet end L721a, the wet end L721a is made of very thin metal material, has fraction of outer diameter smaller than the internal diameter of cylinder L23.Flange part L721b is from from wet end The lower end for the vertical portion that the peripheral part of L721a hangs down is prominent to side.

As shown in Figure 170, Figure 171, wet end L721a is the very thin metal that thickness Lt0 is 50 μm, in the wet end The whole face of L721a is formed with a large amount of diameter L φ 0 and (cheats in low-lying area) L721d for the scrobicula that 100 μm and depth d1 are 5~10 μm.Make hole It is shallow that a large amount of filter hole (through hole) L721c for filtering beverage that diameter L φ 1 is 30 μm or less (for example, 20 μm) penetrates through this The center of recessed L721d.Since there is scrobicula L721d the scrobicula that depth d1 is 5 μm~10 μm to construct, scraper L102 is being utilized When slag is extracted in discharge, hot water moisture film is constituted at the L721d of scrobicula (the low-lying area hole), thus, it is possible to reduce the sliding of scraper L102 resistance Power.

Filter hole L721c is open in a manner of lower surface (back side) L721f for penetrating through filter body L721, and is set For with whereabouts lower surface L721f and the radial curved surface of enlarged-diameter cone construction L721g (for example, subsequent corrosion is 40 μm Cone cell enlarged shape), make lower surface L721f area become the area smaller than the area of the sliding surface of scraper L102.Pass through Filter hole L721c is set as with whereabouts lower surface L721f and the radial curved surface of enlarged-diameter cone construction like this L721g, can using the front end of the hole intake section opposite with the face scrobicula L721d of filter hole L721c as edge of a knife L721h, Thus when making scraper L102 sliding to discard to extraction slag, for getting lodged in the extraction slag (powder raw material of filter hole L721c Micro mist), cooperated by the front end scraper L102 with the edge of a knife L721h of filter hole L721c make shearing force strongly work from And extraction slag is cut off and is discharged, prevent the occlusion of filter hole L721c.Also, by being set as curved surface cone construction L721g, it can make The area for the lower surface L721f that can not be rinsed by liquid stream is minimum area.

Moreover, these scrobiculas L721d, filter hole L721c, curved surface cone construction L721g are formed by eletroforming, by it Machined surface (filter hole inner surface and lower surface L721f) is processed into smooth mirror surface.Lower surface L721f can be prevented as a result, Attachment, the accumulation of the dirt of drinks extraction liquid, can prevent the deterioration of the drinks taste caused by dirt from maintaining taste, moreover it is possible to It is enough to keep health.

It is processed by 1 30 μm of aperture L φ making filter hole L721c or less and by the inner surface of filter hole L721c flat Sliding mirror surface, liquid flowing speed when filter hole L721c can be by beverage filter prevent from being attached to table in hole more than being ensured to be fixed The dirt in face generates arch formation in hole, and the dirt for being attached to internal surface of hole can be washed out in beverage filter, is able to maintain that The cleaning function of internal surface of hole.When the diameter of the filter hole big (for example, 70 μm), liquid flowing speed when beverage filter is slack-off, Therefore, it is difficult to the dirt for being attached to internal surface of hole is washed out in beverage filter.

By the way that the inner surface of filter hole L721c to be processed into smooth mirror surface, the oil of coffee bean can not be removed mistake Coffee is filtered, therefore the coffee comprising flavor component can be filtered out, which is to be gone using filter paper LP It removes.

In addition, filter hole L721c as low as aperture L φ 1 is 30 μm hereinafter, therefore can be complete by the micro mist for including in raw material Discretely filter beverage, no longer there are residues in filtered beverage, therefore transparency when can filter out with filter paper with On transparency beverage, and can make beverage filtration time stablize.

Also, the depth d2 of straight hole (vertical component effect) L721e of filter hole L721c as shown in Figure 172, can also be made 15 μm or less.By the way that filter hole L721c is set as 15 μm of straight hole L721e below like this, for getting lodged in filter hole L721c's It extracts slag (micro mist of powder raw material), it can be by the side of the front end scraper L102 and the front end of filter hole L721c intake section Edge cooperates to make shearing force strongly work to cutting and extraction slag is discharged, and prevents the occlusion of filter hole L721c, and energy Enough improve the durability of filter body L721.

Holding plate L722 has disk-shaped supporting part L722a and the section being arranged throughout its entire peripheral part in L The fixed part L722c of font.Fixed part L722c is under the vertical portion that the peripheral part of self-supporting portion L722a is hung down End is prominent to side.In addition, the diameter of supporting part L722a is smaller than wet end L721a a little.In addition, the thickness of supporting part L722a It is configured to ensure to be enough to maintain supporting part for the load acted in cylinder cap/scraper driving mechanism L105 work The rigidity of the shape of L722a.In addition, the substantially entire surface in supporting part L722a is formed with a large amount of hole L722b, hole L722b configuration Be it is netted, have the diameter (such as 4mm) big more than the filter hole L721c of wet end L721a above-mentioned.

Fixed frame L723 is formed as cyclic annular by side wall L723a and the upper wall L723b protruded inwardly from end thereon.It protects The state that plate L722 is held so that filter body L721 to be clipped in the middle is chimeric with fixed frame L723, the fixed part of holding plate L722 L722c is pressed into the inside of the side wall L723a of fixed frame L723, and the flange part L721b of filter body L721 is pressed from both sides as a result, Between upper wall L723b and fixed part L722c, this three is integrated.In addition, in this state, the bearing of holding plate L722 The entire upper surface of portion L722a is abutted with the wet end L721a of filter body L721.

It as described above,, can more than liquid flowing speed when can be by beverage filter is ensured to be fixed according to strainer L72 It prevents the dirt for being attached to internal surface of hole from generating arch formation in hole, can be washed out in beverage filter and be attached to internal surface of hole Dirt, be able to maintain that the cleaning function of internal surface of hole.In addition, drink fully separatedly can be filtered the micro mist for including in raw material Material, no longer there are residues in filtered beverage, therefore transparency more than transparency when can filter out with filter paper Beverage, and the filtration time of beverage can be made to stablize.Also, it, can be by scraper for the extraction slag for getting lodged in filter hole L721c The front end L102 cooperates to make shearing force strongly work to cut with the edge of the front end of filter hole L721c intake section Break and extraction slag is discharged, prevents the occlusion of filter hole L721c, and can be improved the durability of strainer L72.

Firstly, 73 illustrating the cup type automatic vendor 1 equipped with mixing bowl M referring to Fig.1.Shown in Figure 173 it is cup type from Dynamic vending machine 1 is positioned as medium-sized, and top surface left end is provided with lamp M100 in library, left wall is provided with ice machine under it G.It is provided with liquid storage device E on the right side of ice machine G, the water pump E1 being connected with reservoir F is installed in liquid storage device E.In ice machine G Downside, the centre of left wall is provided with the water pump E1 of drinking water.Ice machine G is configured at the inboard of cup type automatic vendor 1. It is provided on front side of ice machine G and extracts raw material feed mechanism D-2, grinder K and brewing mechanism L, but saved in Figure 173 It omits.

Floor left end is provided with cooling unit N, is provided with cooling trough N1 on it and on the downside of water pump E1.

In the inside of cup type automatic vendor 1, multiple bag in boxes (bag in of syrup stoste is stored in floor configuration Box) P7~P9, and the water feeding tank E32 of 1 or more cartridge type is configured as needed.The syrup stoste of bag in box P7~P9 is only Vertical molasses pump P1~P3 is sucked out, and the drinking water of water feeding tank E32 is sucked out by auxiliary pump E30, is fed separately to liquid storage device E, ice making Machine G and cooking position etc..

In the inside of cup type automatic vendor 1, the substantially right half part on top is provided with powder raw material feed mechanism D- 1.The lower half portion of the left side of powder raw material feed mechanism D-1 is provided with rabbling mechanism J.In powder raw material feed mechanism D- 1 inboard is configured with reservoir F.In addition, a glass feed mechanism C is provided on front side of powder raw material feed mechanism D-1, but It is omitted in Figure 173.

Mixing bowl M is installed under the tank of the rightmost side in multiple tank D10 of powder raw material feed mechanism D-1.

Figure 174 is the side cross-sectional view of mixing bowl M, and Figure 175 is the c8-c8 line cross-sectional view in Figure 174.Mixing bowl M includes Stirring container M11 and lid the main body M12, mixing bowl M for installing stirring container M11 is supported in cup type by lid main body M12 In automatic vending machine 1.In addition, the stirring motor M21 of agitating device M20 is installed in central portion in lid main body M12, and It is provided with via the hot water valve of reservoir F the hot water introducing port M13 connecting with hot water line, imports tank via sliding slot D20 The material pouring inlet M17 for the powder raw material stored in the D10 and exhaust channel M18 being connected with the fan outside figure.

Also, in the outer peripheral surface of lid main body M12, be annularly formed with using hot water passageway M13a come with hot water introducing port Slot M14 under M13 connected hot water stream.In the case where constituting the hot water stream, the peripheral wall M15 of slot M14 is provided with protrusion M15a (referring to figure 176), hot water is from the gap M16 being formed between the inner surface M11a of stirring container M11 and protrusion M15a along stirring container M11 Inner surface M11a flow down.It is adjusted so that being supplied to the hot water amount of hot water introducing port M13 than the hot water that flows down from gap M16 It measures more.Therefore, hot water is rinsed to flow down throughout slot M14 under entire hot water stream from entire gap M16.

Agitating device M20 include vertical axle M23 and be respectively arranged in vertical axle M23 stirring blade M24 for cooking and The upper end of valve blade M25, vertical axle M23 are come and stirring motor M21 connection via connector M22.Stirring blade for cooking M24 and valve blade M25 has the function of accompanying rotation to prevent the valve under mixed liquor or hot water stream, and has to powder raw material The function of (cooking) is stirred, mixed with hot water.

Stirring container M11 is formed as deforming funnel-form by synthetic resin, makes it possible to efficiently carry out the stirring of beverage, It is internal with agitating device M20.The upper end of stirring container M11 is opened wide greatly, is loaded and unloaded in a manner of chimeric with lid main body M12 It is installed on lid main body M12 freely.Portion M19 is outpoured with the beverage of ejiction opening M19a in addition, being equipped with lower part.Agitating device The shaft end of the vertical axle M23 of M20 outpours portion M19 covering by the beverage, and the beverage after the cooking outpours portion M19 note by the beverage Enter to cup W.

In addition, applying hydrophilic material, contact of the inner surface M11a to water by the inner surface M11a to stirring container M11 Angle (hereinafter also referred to water contact angle) is formed as 50 ° of size, preferably 5 ° or more and 20 ° of sizes below below.It can lead to Following method is crossed water contact angle is formed as specific range like this.For example, titanium oxide microparticle will be contained It, can be by regularly irradiating purple to stirring container M11 in the case that Hydrotect coating (TOTO system) is used as hydrophilic material Water contact angle is remained 10 ° or so to visible light by outer light.In addition, in the parent that will contain polysilazane (polysilazane) In the case that aquation material (CLARIANT JAPAN system) is used as hydrophilic material, after applying the hydrophiling material, adding Film is set to carry out silicon conversion under heat or hot and humid environment, thus it enables that water contact angle is about 20 ° or less.Hydrophilic using this Change in the case that material applied, have the advantage that form the film of the hard as quartz, by stirring container M11 is difficult to be scratched when removing cleaning.

The flushing hot water of the stirring container M11 after making inner surface M11a hydrophiling is flowed through as shown in Figure 177 entire Inner surface M11a is flowed down, and to wash out the beverage (the hollow star in Figure 177) for being attached to inner surface M11a, therefore is able to maintain that and is stirred Mix the spatter property of the inner surface M11a of container M11.

Figure 178 shows the relationship between the beverage adhesion amount of stirring container M11 and beverage sales (cooking) number.At this It is shown in figure: compared with the inner surface (for example, polypropylene) of the molded product used in the past, in inner surface M11a so that water connects Feeler is in the case that about 20 ° of mode carries out hydrophiling, even if beverage sales number increases, beverage adhesion amount is also few.

As shown in Figure 179, cooling unit N is for carrying out cooling refrigerating circuit to ice machine G and cooling trough N1.It is cold But unit N be with flowering structure: cooling trough N1, the side compressor N2 refrigerant piping and the side ice machine G refrigerant piping it Between can be loaded and unloaded by the charging cranes such as connector portion N3, N4.

Cooling unit N has compressor N2, condenser N5, the evaporator N6 for being set to cooling trough N1 and is set to system The refrigerant passage G13 of ice maker G functioned as evaporator, by using refrigerant piping by these each equipment connections come Form refrigerating circuit.

The refrigerant piping of the ejection side of compressor N2 branches into Liang Cha after through condenser N5 and drier N8, at For refrigerant piping N9, N10.The refrigerant piping N9 of one side is lighted downstream successively from the branch with refrigerant piping N10 It is provided with solenoid valve N11, capillary N12, evaporator N6, merging part N13, is finally connect with the Attractive side of compressor N2.It is another The refrigerant piping N10 of side is lighted from the branch with refrigerant piping N9 is downstream disposed with solenoid valve N14, charging crane Structure portion N3, expansion valve N15, refrigerant passage G13, charging crane portion N4, at merging part N13 and behind the interflow refrigerant piping N9 It is connect with the Attractive side of compressor N2.

Cooling unit N opens the solenoid valve N11 of the side refrigerant piping N9 in the case where cooling down to cooling trough N1 And compressor N2 is set to work after closing the solenoid valve N14 of the side refrigerant piping N10.As a result, by the high temperature after compressor N2 pressurization Refrigerant cooled down by condenser N5 and condensed after, by being flowed into refrigerant piping N9 after drier N8.It is flowed into The refrigerant of refrigerant piping N9 evaporates in evaporator N6 after being depressurized by capillary N12, come to being stored in cooling trough N1's Cooling water is cooled down.The refrigerant for leaving evaporator N6 passes through the Attractive side after merging part N13 back to compressor N2.This Outside, the close configuration of fan N17 and condenser N5.It is imported from the suction inlet for being set to unit base portion N18 via air filter N19 Outside air be discharged to the outside by condenser N5 from ejiction opening.

On the other hand, cooling unit N opens the solenoid valve of the side refrigerant piping N10 in the case where acting ice machine G N14 simultaneously makes compressor N2 work after closing the solenoid valve N11 of the side refrigerant piping N9.As a result, by the height after compressor N2 pressurization The refrigerant of temperature cooled down by condenser N5 and after being condensed, by being flowed into refrigerant piping N10 after drier N8.It flows into Refrigerant to refrigerant piping N10 passes through charging crane portion N3, by steaming in refrigerant passage G13 after expansion valve N15 decompression Hair, to be made ice in ice machine G.The refrigerant for leaving refrigerant passage G13 passes through charging crane portion N4 and merging part N13 The Attractive side of compressor N2 is returned to afterwards.

In addition, being configured at equipment shell as compressor N2, the condenser N5 of weight in the mode fallen on unit base portion N18 On the other hand the ice machine G that ice is supplied to glass W is configured at the top of apparatus casing 2 using self weight by the lower part of body 2.Specifically Ground is said, as shown in Figure 179, the almost all device configuration of cooling unit N is in the lower section of cooling trough N1, only refrigerant passage G13, expansion valve N15 are configured at the top of cooling trough N1 together with ice machine G.Therefore, it in cooling unit N, can will fill Release mechanism portion N3, N4 disconnect by refrigerant passage G13, expansion valve N15, ice machine G and by they connect refrigerant match Pipe is separated from the side compressor N2.Each equipment easily can be set to the top of apparatus casing 2 under by cooling unit N as a result, Portion, manufacture efficiency improve.

Figure 180 is the top view for schematically showing the structure for each equipment being configured in cooling trough N1.Figure 181 is to show Indicate to meaning property the longitudinal section of the structure for each equipment being configured in cooling trough N1.

Cooling unit N cools down the cooling water being stored in cooling trough N1 by using evaporator N6 to generate ice Block cools down the water cooling coil E41, multiple syrup cooling coil N21, carbonator Q that are soaked in cooling trough N1. Also, has the agitating device N22 of cooling water stirring in cooling trough N1.Water cooling coil E41 makes from liquid storage device E supply Drinking water passes through in the cooling water full of cooling trough N1, thus cools down to the drinking water.Syrup cooling coil N21 makes The liquid syrup supplied from bag in box (BIB) passes through in the cooling water full of cooling trough N1, thus carries out to the liquid syrup cold But.In Figure 180, instantiate configured with 3 syrup cooling coil N21 with structure corresponding with 3 kinds of liquid syrups.Carbonator Q In the state that the cooling water being soaked in cooling trough N1 is to be cooled, carbonic acid gas is efficiently dissolved in water to manufacture carbon Sour water.

In cooling trough N1, evaporator N6 is bent with the inner surface N1a along the central region of cooling trough N1 The piping of device N6 is evaporated for the mode of U-shaped and stacking, and the inside of the evaporator N6 in the U-shaped is configured with Spirally wind several layers of water cooling coil E41.Also, in the inside of spiral helicine water cooling coil E41, in level side It is substantially abreast configured with carbonator Q and agitating device N22 upwards.Around agitating device N22, to stir structure around it What the mode of part N22a had a hollow form send water guiding piece N23.Also, in the open side for the evaporator N6 for being formed as U-shaped, Have in the opposite mode of the open side of the evaporator N6 with U-shaped and is transversely wound into spiral helicine syrup cooling coil N21.In addition, being bent to U-shaped the inner surface side of evaporator N6 that is formed and being wound into spiral helicine water cooling coil Between the periphery of E41, it is provided with the degree for the water cooling coil E41 that the ice cube generated around evaporator N6 is not achieved on the inside of it Interval.Similarly, in the unlimited side end of the syrup cooling coil N21 and evaporator N6 that are configured at the open side of evaporator N6 Between, it is also equipped with the interval of same degree.

In addition, being provided with the control of the electric pole type detected to the ice cube generated around it around evaporator N6 Sensor N24.The control sensor N24 is by detection and is set between the electrode (not shown) that will not grow ice in water Resistance is being steamed using the ice property different from conductivity (resistance value) of water (resistivity of the resistivity ratio water of ice is big) to control The ice thickness (size) of the ice cube generated around hair device N6.Moreover, using the ice cube generated around evaporator N6 as accumulation of heat Source makes its circulation by the operating of agitating device N22 to stir full of the cooling water in cooling trough N1, in water cooler pan The drinking water passed through in pipe E41, the liquid syrup passed through in syrup cooling coil N21 and the carbonic acid generated by carbonator Q Water is cooled down.In addition, the reference marker N22b in Figure 181 is the motor of agitating device N22.

As shown in Figure 182, syrup feed mechanism P has molasses pump P1~P3 and syrup supply lines P4~P6.Syrup supplies It is the mechanism that the syrup in bag in box (BIB) P7~P9 is supplied to glass W to mechanism P.

Bag in box P7~P9 is stored with syrup stoste.Molasses pump P1~P3 is that syrup original is sucked out from bag in box P7~P9 respectively Liquid is come the pump that sprays.In this case, molasses pump P1, P2 is gear type pump, and molasses pump P3 is bellows pump.

Syrup supply lines P4~P6 is to supply matching to cup W by the syrup stoste that molasses pump P1~P3 sprays respectively Pipe.It is respectively arranged in the midway of syrup supply lines P4~P6 and impregnates the syrup cooling coil N21 for being configured at cooling trough N1. In syrup supply lines P4, P5, the position between syrup cooling coil N21 and cup W is respectively arranged with syrup valve P10, P11. Syrup valve P10, P11 are, for example, the open and close valve of electromagnetic type, to whether can from syrup supply lines P4, P5 to cup W supply syrup Stoste is controlled.

Thus, in this syrup feed mechanism P, when sending sale signal in usual sale, molasses pump P1~P3 Appropriate to work, the syrup stoste in bag in box P7~P9 is sent to syrup supply lines P4~P6.Then, syrup stoste is in sugar It is cooled to after predetermined temperature in slurry cooling coil N21, is fed into a glass W.Inject the syrup stoste quilt as needed in cup W After drinking water, the carbonated water dilution from carbonator Q, it is provided to user.In addition, the molasses pump P3 of bellows-type exists After sending out syrup stoste, suction action is carried out syrup stoste is drawn into inside from bag in box P9.Then, as molasses pump P3 It is interior be full of syrup stoste when stop suction action, it is standby until next sale signal.

As shown in Figure 183, molasses pump P1, P2 of gear type are, for example, with flowering structure: being had in pump main body P15 by electronic Machine P12 carries out a pair of of gear P13, P14 of rotation driving.A pair of of gear P13, P14 are engaged with each other.Moreover, can be inverse each other To syrup stoste is sprayed between gear P13, P14 of rotation, syrup stoste is controlled by controlling the revolving speed of gear P13, P14 Spray volume.

As shown in Figure 184~Figure 188, the molasses pump P3 of bellows-type is to be sealed using bellows P17 by link mechanism The construction of the piston P16 of driving.Molasses pump P3 is provided in the side for the main body P18 for being built-in with mechanism part as syrup original The cylinder P19 of the reservoir of liquid.The front end of cylinder P19 is provided with suction inlet P20 and ejiction opening P21.It is connected with to come in suction inlet P20 From the piping of bag in box P9, syrup supply lines P6 is connected in ejiction opening P21.Check-valves P20a is installed in suction inlet P20, Check-valves P21a is installed in ejiction opening P21.

In the inside of cylinder P19, across O-ring seals, being fitted into has piston P16.It hangs down in the lower surface of piston P16 and is equipped with stick P23.There is the bellows P17 of flange part to be mounted under piston P16 in such a way that the flange part at both ends is nipped respectively at both ends Between surface and the lower end of cylinder P19.Bellows P17 is created as the elastic membrane of the cylindrical shape gradually extended, by cylinder P19's It is internal be isolated between the outside air of the side main body P18.Bellows P17 be for prevent the foreign matters such as dust from the side main body P18 into Enter in cylinder P19 and guarantee the containment member of the reciprocating action of piston P16.

It is internally provided with gear motor P26 in main body P18, cam P27 is installed in its output shaft.First link arm P29 is supported on a pivot on drive pin P28, and drive pin P28 is supported on a pivot on the position of the outer circumferential side of cam P27.First link arm P29 is in shape generally L-shaped, and the bending part of L word is supported on a pivot on from main body P18 pivot pin P30 outstanding.In first link arm P29 One end be formed with long hole P29a, drive pin P28 is inserted into long hole P29a in a manner of it can retreat along the long side direction.The The one end of two link arm P31 is supported on a pivot on the another side of first link arm P29 using connecting pin P32.Stick P23 with The end of the side piston P16 opposite side is linked using connecting pin P33 with the other end of second connecting rod limb P31.First company Lever arm P29 and second connecting rod limb P31 constitutes the company that the rotary force of gear motor P26 is transformed to the reciprocating motion of piston P16 Linkage.The link mechanism is configured to be provided with second connecting rod limb P31 and L-shaped shape of the stick P23 arranging along piston P16 First link arm P29 can thus, it is possible to which the rotary force from gear motor P26 to be swimmingly transformed to move along a straight line Piston P16 is pushed as the crow flies.

The position adjacent with cam P27 is provided with position of readiness switch P35.Position of readiness switch P35 is by cam P27 To detect the back-end location of the position of readiness as piston P16.Position of readiness switch P35 has inspection in the side of the side cam P27 Survey portion P35a.Test section P35a is switched on and off abutting member P36 pressing and connects, which is pressed by cam P27 To retreat.Switch abutting member P36 passes through the outer peripheral surface with cam P27 and the recess portion of a part for being formed in the outer peripheral surface P27a contacts to move, and position of readiness switch P35 is switched on and off.

Motor rotation sensor P38 is attached in gear motor P26.Molasses pump P3 is can be by utilizing motor The revolving speed of rotation sensor P38 detection gear motor P26 come control piston P16 stroke, can be set as defined in it is fixed The constant displacement pump of amount.

Thus, in this molasses pump P3, when being powered gear motor P26 rotate cam P27, drive pin P28 is moved on circle.The circular motion of drive pin P28 is transformed to move along a straight line by first link arm P29 and second connecting rod limb P31 After be transmitted to stick P23.In the state of shown in Figure 185, piston P16 is in the position of readiness back to the rear surface of cylinder P19, Syrup stoste is filled in cylinder P19.When the reception sale signal from the state, gear motor P26 is rotated in the forward direction and setting arteries and veins When rushing a considerable amount, advance by the first link arm P29 and second connecting rod limb P31 as link mechanism, piston P16, cylinder P19 Interior syrup stoste is ejected (referring to Fig.1 86).After spraying the desired amount of syrup stoste, keep gear motor P26 reverse Rotation is to make cam P27 reverse rotation.Switch abutting member P36 returns to recess portion from the outer peripheral surface of cam P27 as a result, P27a, switch abutting member P36 are released from the pressing state of the test section P35a of position of readiness switch P35.As a result, standby Position switch P35 is disconnected, and gear motor P26 stops at the cut-off point (referring to Fig.1 87).During this period, syrup stoste is again It is attracted in cylinder P19.

In addition, position of readiness switch P35 can by adjusting its operating point (cut-off point) come adjust piston P16 stroke, That is the spray volume of syrup stoste.Such as the fixed screw P39 in the Figure 185 that relaxes (examines to adjust position of readiness switch P35 Survey portion P35a) position relative to cam P27.Thereby, it is possible to adjust are as follows: as shown in Figure 187, be retreated in piston P16 to carry out When the attraction of syrup stoste, the position of piston P16 position of readiness switch P35 when retreating end (cylinder P19 rear surface) is disconnected.This Outside, position of readiness switch P35 is, for example, following construction: the elastic piece P35b by being switched on and off abutting member P36 pressing will be examined Survey portion P35a is switched on and off.Thus, for example, the connection point of position of readiness switch P35 it is adjustable at: position of readiness switch During P35 is switched on and off abutting member P36 pressing, the protrusion length P40 of test section P35a is, for example, 0.3mm~0.5mm.

As shown in Figure 189, carbonator Q is to generate carbon in the inside for impregnating the closed container Q1 for being configured at cooling trough N1 The device of sour water.Carbonator Q is mixed into the carbonic acid gas supplied from carbonic acid gas cylinder Q2 from liquid storage device E through water cooling coil The drinking water of E41 supply generates carbonated water.Carbonated water generated is fed into a glass W.It is set in the upper surface of closed container Q1 It is equipped with water supply joint Q3, air connector Q4 and carbonated water sprays connector Q5.

As shown in Figure 189 and Figure 190, it is piped and passes through from the branch for the water cooling coil E41 branch for being soaked in cooling trough N1 It is connect by electromagnetism feed water valve E44 with water supply joint Q3.Water supply joint Q3 and the water injection nozzle being projected into closed container Q1 Q7 connection.Water injection nozzle Q7 is the nozzle for pressurizeing downwards from the top in closed container Q1 and spraying drinking water.In addition, from water cooling But a side of branch's piping of coil pipe E41 branch connect with water supply joint Q3, and another party is via electromagnetism cold valves E42 to cup W Supply the cold water supply route of cold water.

The gas pipe Q9 from carbonic acid gas cylinder Q2 is connected in air connector Q4.Air connector Q4 and it is projected into closed appearance Gas nozzle connection in device Q1.It is stored in the carbonic acid gas of carbonic acid gas cylinder Q2 as a result, via gas pipe Q9, air connector Q4 And gas nozzle is directed in closed container Q1.

Connector Q5, which is sprayed, in carbonated water is connected with the carbonated water delivery line Q10 to hang down in closed container Q1 and to cup W Supply the carbonated water supply lines E43 of carbonated water.Carbonated water delivery line Q10 is the carbonic acid for will generate in closed container Q1 Water extracts external piping from bottom side.Take-up reel of the carbonated water delivery line Q10 from the lower part being configured in closed container Q1 Carbonated water is drunk up under Q12.It is drunk even if for example being supplied as a result, from water injection nozzle Q7 into closed container Q1 Water can also prevent carbonic acid gas to be mixed into carbonated water delivery line Q10.Carbonated water supply lines E43 is provided with electromagnetism carbonic acid Water valve E45.

Thus, this carbonator Q by be supplied to from carbonic acid gas cylinder Q2 by air connector Q4 and gas nozzle it is close The drinking water from water injection nozzle Q7 is sprayed in the environment of the carbonic acid gas closed in container Q1 to generate carbonated water.It is generated Carbonated water is stored in closed container Q1, is supplied as needed from carbonated water delivery line Q10 via carbonated water supply lines E43 To cup W.In addition, switch Q14 can be provided in the position for the carbonic acid water float being stored in closed container Q1.Carbon Acidifier Q for example executes carbonic acid in the case where the storage capacity of the carbonated water detected by switch Q14 is specified amount situation below The generation of water acts.

As shown in Figure 191 and Figure 192, drainage mechanism A has drain vessel A1, draining tray A10, drainage switch A2, row Water pond A3 and electrode switch A4.It is drinking water of the drainage mechanism A for being overflowed from each mechanism in bunkerage shell 2, beverage, clear The draining such as wash water.

Drain vessel A1 is the container of the tubbiness of the above-mentioned draining of storage.The draining being stored in drain vessel A1 is being safeguarded When etc. discarded.Draining tray A10 is substantially horizontally to be configured at apparatus casing 2 at the position more against the top than drain vessel A1 Internal receiving member, peripheral part is bent upward.It can also be defined according to figure, draining tray A10 has than drain vessel A1 big area is disposed over raw material feed mechanism D, liquid storage device E, chlorine generator B, reservoir F, ice machine G, cup conveyer It structure H, rabbling mechanism J, grinder K, brewing mechanism L, cooling unit N, syrup feed mechanism P, carbonator Q and aftermentioned takes The lower section of exit mechanism S.Draining tray A10 is provided with the drainage channel A11 towards the inner opening of drain vessel A1.

Drainage switch A2 is the switch for detecting the water level in drain vessel A1.Drainage switch A2 is the float with float A7 Switch, the microswitch A6 that float A7 will bear upon erecting bed A5 are switched on and off.Float A7 is by rope A8 from lath-shaped One end of detection lug A6a hang down, be configured in drain vessel A1.

Water level in drain vessel A1 rise and with the water level rise and float A7 rise to predetermined water level the case where Under, microswitch A6 is switched on.The control unit R of cup type automatic vendor 1 is stopped based on the connection signal from microswitch A6 Only from the water supply of tap water nozzle, water feeding tank E32.

As shown in Figure 191, drain pan A3 is for example disposed in the lower face side of the bottom panel A9 of apparatus casing 2 and apparatus casing 2 outside.Drain pan A3 is in the electromagnetism feed water valve for example due to being controlled the water supply from tap water nozzle to liquid storage device E E3, E4 generate the reasons such as undesirable condition and receive the container of the draining of the spilling in the case where overflowing draining from drain vessel A1. Electrode switch A4 is to detect the sensor that draining is stored in drain pan A3.It is leaked being detected from electrode switch A4 to drain pan A3 In the case where water, the control unit R of cup type automatic vendor 1 for example cut off to from tap water nozzle to the water supply of liquid storage device E into The energization of electromagnetism feed water valve E3, E4 of row control.As a result, being forced property of electromagnetism feed water valve E3, E4 close, thus force stop Sealing further flows into liquid storage device E.

As shown in Figure 193, drain pan A3 can also be disposed in the upper surface side of bottom panel A9 and apparatus casing 2.At this In the case of, drain vessel A1 is for example configured in drain pan A3.

As mouth mechanism S is taken out, there are the taking-up mouth mechanism S-2 of taking-up the mouth mechanism S-1 and manual gate type of automatic gate-type. Firstly, illustrating the taking-up mouth mechanism S-1 of automatic gate-type.

The taking-up mouth mechanism S-1 of automatic gate-type is set to for taking out the part for being injected with the cup W of beverage by user The positive substantial middle of front surface door 3.

As shown in Figure 194, Figure 195 and Figure 196, taking out mouth mechanism S-1 has the outlet door S10 of face side, positive surface frame The retainer S14 of body S12, inwards side rectangle outstanding, outlet door opening and closing motor S16, damper (damper) S18 and Outlet door locking solenoid S20.In addition, taking out mouth mechanism S-1 there is outlet door to close search switch S22, a pair of of taking-up Cup detection sensor S24a, S24b and outlet illuminate S26.

Positive framework S12 is the mounting portion installed for the front surface door 3 to cup type automatic vendor 1, is to take out The base portion of mouth mechanism S-1.Outlet door S10 is the translucent door that positive framework S12 is opened and closed.Outlet door S10 structure Left side is hinge, right side opening when as in terms of front.Right-hand end when seeing from front of outlet door S10 is provided with card Close piece S10a.Snap-latch piece S10a is provided with the notch for engaging.

It is DC gear motor that outlet door, which is opened and closed motor S16, is set to the top one of the back side of positive framework S12 End is opened and closed outlet door S10.Damper S18 is that the rotation of outlet door opening and closing motor S16 is transmitted to outlet door The part of S10, also, work when applying overweight power as limiter, also work as the movement cam of actuator.

Retainer S14 is to accept place from cup conveying mechanism H by what cup W conveying came, from positive framework S12 pleurapophysis backward Out, back side side opening, face side are opened and closed by outlet door S10.The inboard of the inside of retainer S14 or so is provided with a pair Ribs S28, protrusion tab S30 are rearward protruded from the lower end of each ribs S28.

Pair of right and left ribs S28 be upper portion each other mutually from and with whereabouts lower section and constriction shape.By this Shape, upper opening is big with being adapted to the shape of glass W, lower opening is small by retainer S14.

As shown in Figure 197, a pair of of protrusion tab can be inserted in along the guide plate H183 for the cup conveying mechanism H that the direction XY is moved Between S30, the position of X-direction is fixed.Thus, even if user in X direction to cup W and cup conveying mechanism H applied force, passes through It is abutted with protrusion tab S30, the displacement of cup W and cup conveying mechanism H can also be limited, to steadily load cup W.In addition, as after Described, cup conveying mechanism H is also fixed in the Y direction.

Take out two wall of left and right that retainer S14 is arranged in cup detection sensor S24a, S24b opposite to each other.Cup is taken out to visit Surveying sensor S24a is to take out cup for detecting the light-emitting component in the optical sensor that cup W has been transported in retainer S14 Detection sensor S24b is light receiving element corresponding with light-emitting component.Take out the height quilt of cup detection sensor S24a, S24b Be set between the platform H181 of glass conveying mechanism H and cup baffle H182L, H182R, optical axis shown in chain-dotted line will not by cup W with Outer object is blocked.Ribs S28 is also disposed on the position for avoiding the optical axis.Thus, taking-up cup detection sensor S24a, S24b can not only detect cup W with being influenced by platform H181 and cup baffle H182L, H182R.

The bottom surface S14a of retainer S14 is gently tilted in a manner of by from face side to back side declining, even if beverage Spill into retainer S14 also can inwardly (on front side of the face of Figure 195) stream and be discharged to pallet, will not pollute front surface door 3, Floor.

Pallet is provided with below mouth mechanism S-1 and cup conveying mechanism H taking out.Pallet be used for catch spilling beverage, Raw material, the beverage caught, raw material, which are flowed into the draining being equipped on the right side of the lower inside of apparatus casing 2 by scupper hose, to be held Device.

Back to Figure 194~Figure 196, outlet door locking solenoid S20 is when standby and the offer preparation process of cup W It is middle that outlet door S10 is locked to the solenoid being in off state, by snap-latch piece S10a engaging/release.When cup W is in retainer S14 When interior offer is ready to complete, outlet door locking solenoid S20 discharges snap-latch piece S10a from fastening state, makes outlet door S10 can be opened.By being in off state outlet door S10 locking using outlet door locking solenoid S20, can prevent Hand inadvertently extend into before the offer of cup W is ready to complete and takes out in mouth mechanism S-1 by user.

It is the switch for detecting outlet door S10 and whether being in close state that outlet door, which closes search switch S22,.

It is the LED illumination being irradiated to the cup W being transported in retainer S14 that outlet, which illuminates S26, is set to retainer The upper surface of S14.S26 is illuminated using outlet, becomes bright on hand when user can be made to take out cup W, and can be in Existing feeling of high class.Moment light on of outlet illumination S26 for example can be set to the time that glass W is transported into retainer S14 Point.The illumination finish time of outlet illumination S26 for example can be set to be confirmed by taking-up cup detection sensor S24a, S24b Cup W taking-up time point or hereafter by outlet door close search switch S22 determine that outlet door S10 is turned off Time point.

Mouth mechanism S-1 is taken out to work as described below.That is, confirming when by taking-up cup detection sensor S24a, S24b When being transported into of cup W of beverage is housed out, under the action of outlet door locking solenoid S20, the closing of outlet door S10 is locked It is released from.Then, just transferring for motor S16 is opened and closed by outlet door and opens outlet door S10.It is closed and is visited by outlet door Survey switch S22 detects outlet door S10 and has opened.User is detected by taking-up cup detection sensor S24a, S24b to take Cup W is gone out, after the stipulated time, the reversion of motor S16 is being opened and closed by outlet door to close outlet from this Door S10.Outlet door S10 is detected by outlet door closing search switch S22 to be turned off.Later, spiral shell is locked in outlet door Under the action of spool S20, outlet door S10 is closed and is locked.

On the other hand, it in the case that cup W is not removed from outlet at the appointed time, is also detected and is sensed by taking-up cup Device S24a, S24b detect the situation, are opened and closed motor S16 by outlet door to occlude outlet door S10, pass through outlet Door locking solenoid S20 is locked.

In this case, the cup W that mouth mechanism S-1 is taken out for being configured at, passes through the XY platform of drive cups conveying mechanism H-1 H10 can make glass grasping device H12 be moved to cooking position from mouth mechanism S-1 is taken out.Then, decline in agitating paddle J10 to insert Enter to after cup W, drive XY platform H10, thus cup grasping device H12 is moved to the position for more leaning on depths than cooking position, thus Cup W equipped with beverage drops to lower section from platform H181.In this way, the cup W equipped with beverage drops to draining tray A10, the drink filled Stream enters drain vessel A1.Thus, as long as later rising agitating paddle J10, keep glass grasping device H12 mobile via position is cooked To position of readiness, it will be able to prepare beverage sales next time.

Taking-up mouth mechanism S-2 shown in Figure 198 is other than being omitted outlet door opening and closing motor S16, basic structure It is identical as mouth mechanism S-1 is taken out.Outlet door S10 is hand in taking out mouth mechanism S-2.

Mouth mechanism S-2 is taken out to work as described below.That is, confirming when by taking-up cup detection sensor S24a, S24b When being transported into of cup W of beverage is housed out, under the action of outlet door locking solenoid S20, the closing of outlet door S10 is locked It is released from.Then, outlet door S10 is opened by user.Search switch S22 is closed by outlet door and detects outlet door S10 has been opened.Glass W is detected by taking-up cup detection sensor S24a, S24b to be taken out by user, hereafter, passes through user Hand is unclamped, outlet door S10 is automatically closed.The automatic closing motion of mouth door S10 is taken out using spring (not shown). Outlet door S10 is detected by outlet door closing search switch S22 to be turned off.Later, in outlet door locking solenoid S20 Under the action of, outlet door S10 is closed and is locked.

At the appointed time cup W not from outlet be removed in the case where processing and the taking-up mouth mechanism of automatic gate-type It handles identical.

Then, illustrate several control functions of the control unit R in cup type automatic vendor 1.Firstly, illustrating position correction function Energy.

In cup type automatic vendor 1, a glass conveying mechanism H (referring to Figure 76) is needed to determine cup grasping device H12 and cup W Position precision, position correction function is provided with to this.When leaving the factory, in the case where carrying out decomposition assembling to equipment and due to certain Kind of reason and the positioning adjustment that position correction function is carried out in the case where producing error, make it possible to the control in control unit R Under individually carry out the correction of each position below.

That is, receiving the position of the supply of raw material from raw material feed mechanism D；Using rabbling mechanism J to equipped with coffee, hot water, The cooking position that the cup W of powder raw material etc. is stirred；The cup discard position that unwanted cup W is discarded；Taking out mouth mechanism S The position of cup W equipped with beverage is provided；Sell position of readiness etc..Specifically, utilizing cup conveyer under the correction mode of position Structure H makes a glass grasping device H12 be moved to each position, measures X-direction error and Y between target position respectively by attendant Deflection error carries out numerical value input/registration to control unit R as unit of mm.

Hereafter, the numerical identification inputted is correcting value by control unit R, is made in each movement when actual sale prepares Cup grasping device H12 is moved to the position after correction, carrys out compensating error.Substantially attendant only passes through error measure as a result, Easy operation with key-press input can be adjusted in a short time.

In addition, the correcting value storage that attendant is inputted can be arrived the USB storage connecting with control unit R, it can It is loaded into other cup type automatic vendors 1 or is confirmed on a personal computer.

Then, illustrate hygienic function.Cup type automatic vendor 1 has what several hygienic functions were passed through to clean drinking water Flow path keeps cleaning.According to the type of hygienic function, there is the hygienic function completely automatically carried out under the control of control unit R The hygienic function of a part of operation can and be carried out by attendant based on the instruction of control unit R.Hygienic function for example including The hygienic function of referred to as hot system's health, cold system's health and auto-flushing.

In heat system health, the flow path that hot water flows through is cleaned.Specifically, in the case where heat is hygienic mode, control Portion R circulates hot water to the cylinder L23 of brewing mechanism L (referring to Fig.1 02) to carry out prepared cleaning.Then, drawing according to control unit R It leads, attendant is being controlled later from the medicament (such as bleaching agent) of the material pouring inlet L37a of brewing mechanism L investment specified amount The hot water that circulates under the control of portion R processed to carry out medicament cleaning to the inner surface of cylinder L23.Also, carry out hot water circulation several times Terminate heat system health after rinsing.

In cold system's health, the flow path that drinking water flows through is cleaned.Specifically, being pressed under the hygienic mode of cold system According to the guidance of control unit R, medicament (such as bleaching agent) of the attendant from liquid storage device E investment specified amount.Later, in control unit R Control under, make investment there is the water of medicament to recycle in the flow path for drinking water flowing to be cleaned.Then, have in discharge investment After the water of medicament, rinsed using the water for not putting into medicament terminates cold system's health afterwards several times.

Auto-flushing is completely automatically periodically carried out under the control of control unit R, to the cylinder L23 of brewing mechanism L, is stirred The stirring container M11 circulation hot water of bowl M is mixed to be cleaned.The execution timing of auto-flushing can arbitrarily be set, such as 1 day It 1 time, 1 week 1 time or carries out every setting sale number, is carried out at user's few night.

Also can not against control unit R effect and the health of flow path is carried out by completely manual formula by attendant.

Then, illustrate that user supports function.In cup type automatic vendor 1, have more preferable for being provided to user Service several users support function.

Wherein, raw material increase and decrease function is to increase and decrease the function of coffee raw material, granulated sugar, cream etc. according to the hobby of user, It can be closed using the increase on the surface for being set to front surface door 3, subtract switch to specify.It is also possible to each increase and decrease can be appointed as It is multistage.

No ice function is to the function of cold drink investment ice, can not utilize according to the hobby of user and be set to preceding table It specifies without ice switch on the surface of floor 3.

No cup lid function is to omit cup according to the judgement of user in the machine with the function of adding cup lid to cup W The function of lid, being capable of specifying without cup lid switch using the surface for being set to front surface door 3.

It is the individual's cup for replacing the cup W made of paper as standard and carrying to user that individual, which uses cup (my cup) function, The function of beverage is provided, can be specified using the individual on the surface for being set to front surface door 3 with cup switch.When specifying individual When with cup function, the outlet door S10 of taking-up mouth mechanism S (referring to Fig.1 94) first is unlocked, and user can open outlet Door S10 loads individual's cup.When detected by sensor loaded it is personal with cup when, control unit R locks outlet door S10 It is in off state.Then, beverage injection/agitating procedure hereafter is carried out with cup to individual, individual's cup of beverage will be injected with It is transported into and takes out mouth mechanism S.Personal cup is not being detected at the appointed time although pressing the personal switch with cup In the case of, stop individual and is provided as usual to cup W injection beverage made of paper with cup function.

In general, different from the sale automatic vending machine of can drink, in cup type automatic vendor 1, to offer beverage Until need some times.Moreover, the time according to the machine of cup type automatic vendor 1, the type of beverage and amount difference, because This user does not know the time that needs wait.In addition, needing to lead to user providing when being ready to complete of beverage Know.Therefore, in cup type automatic vendor 1, have the several functions and notice for notifying to need the time waited to user The completed several functions of preparation of beverage are provided.

Countdown function is to be shown to offer beverage in seconds in the numeric display for being set to front surface door 3 Until time function.Numeric display can also be as the temperature display for the temperature for showing reservoir F when selling standby Device etc..By countdown function, user can Direct Recognition need time for waiting.

More indicators light function be make to be arranged in the indicators such as multiple (such as 5 or so) LED of front surface door 3 it is appropriate Light, for example shown by the quantity for the indicator lighted beverage preparatory process supposition substantially function.Specifically, It is initially the indicator flashing of one end, then the indicator of one end is switched to from flashing lights, and second indicator flashing. Indicator is successively gradually flashed/is lighted like this, is finally switched to the time point drink lighted from flashing in the indicator of the other end Expect that preparatory process is completed.It is lighted in function in more indicators, is also possible to the progress with beverage preparatory process, indicator point Bright number is successively reduced from light state.Function is lighted by more indicators, user can identify the big of the time that needs wait The supposition of body.

Abstraction process indicator feature is that make to be arranged in the indicators such as multiple (such as 5 or so) LED of front surface door 3 suitable When the function in the beverage preparatory process stage to show the time point of lighting.Abstraction process indicator feature is for example applied to sale When coffee, prepare to prepare with beverages such as the releasing process of extraction raw material, grinding process, abstraction process, agitating procedure, conveying operations The corresponding indicator of process.When selling coffee, indicator corresponding with the process stages of current point in time is made to light or flash. Alternatively, the number of lights of indicator can also be made to increase and decrease according to process stages as above-mentioned more indicators light function.It is logical Abstraction process indicator feature is crossed, user can specifically identify the carry out situation of beverage preparatory process.

Outlet illumination functions are to be transported into taking-up mouth mechanism S (referring to Fig.1 96) in the cup W equipped with beverage to complete The function that cup W is illuminated by outlet illumination S26 when the preparation of beverage is provided.By outlet illumination functions, make User can recognize that the preparation for providing beverage is completed, and takes out and become bright to be easy to take out a glass W in mouth mechanism S. In addition, outlet illumination functions can also show the feeling of high class of cup type automatic vendor 1.

Automatically-controlled door function is to be transported into taking-up mouth mechanism S (referring to Fig.1 96) in the cup W equipped with beverage to provide to complete The function of outlet door S10 is automatically opened when the preparation of beverage.When detecting a glass W and being removed, outlet door S10 is closed automatically It closes.By automatically-controlled door function, user can recognize that the preparation for providing beverage is completed, and not need to be taken out mouth door The opening and closing operations of S10, one hand can also take out a glass W.In addition, the automatically-controlled door function can show cup type automatic vendor 1 Feeling of high class.

The cup W that lamp flashing function is equipped with beverage, which is transported into, takes out mouth mechanism S (referring to Fig.1 96) to complete offer drink Make the function of all or part of flashing of the lamp (including lamp in button) for being set to front surface door 3 when the preparation of material.When making to set Be placed in front surface door 3 many lamps flashing when it is very obvious, therefore user it is readily identified go out provide beverage preparation be completed.

Also the preparation for providing beverage can also be notified to be completed to user by buzzer, sound etc..

Illustrate the interior layout of the apparatus casing 2 in 4 machines in cup type automatic vendor 1 respectively.

<medium-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-1>

Firstly, 99 and Figure 200 illustrates medium-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-1 referring to Fig.1.Medium-sized cup type automatic vending Machine 1-1 is applied to the situation more than sale cup number, to be stored in the amount of the beverage raw material of the inside of apparatus casing 2 and the receiving number of cup It is more.

As shown in Figure 199, in medium-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-1, in the inside of apparatus casing 2, in top surface left end It is provided with lamp T100 in library, left wall is provided with ice machine G in its inboard.Liquid storage device E is provided on the right side of ice machine G, The water pump E1 being connected with reservoir F is installed in liquid storage device E.In the downside of ice machine G, the centre of left wall is provided with drinking water Water pump E1.Be provided on front side of the face of ice machine G storage coffee bean extraction raw material feed mechanism D-2 (referring to Figure 200), Grinder K and brewing mechanism L.

Floor left end is provided with cooling unit N, is provided with cooling trough N1 on it and on the downside of water pump E1.It is cold But unit N and cooling trough N1 is set to the lower section of ice machine G, suitable for being connected the two using piping.At cooling unit N The right side of side is provided with dam switch T106.For some reason and liquid lodge in apparatus casing 2 floor feelings Under condition, which is detected by dam switch T106, control unit R takes the measure of the needs such as system stopping.

In the inside of apparatus casing 2, multiple bag in box P7~P9 of syrup stoste, and root are stored in floor configuration The water feeding tank E32 of 1 or more cartridge type is configured with according to needs.The syrup stoste stored in bag in box P7~P9 is by identical quantity Molasses pump P1~P3 be sucked out, on the other hand, the drinking water of water feeding tank E32 is sucked out by auxiliary pump E30, is fed separately to liquid storage device E, ice machine G and cooking position etc..

In the inside of apparatus casing 2, the substantially right half part on top is provided with powder raw material feed mechanism D-1.Powder Raw material feed mechanism D-1 has multiple (being 8 in Figure 199) the tank D10 and installation that transversely width direction is arranged side by side Sliding slot D20 under each tank D10.The lower half portion of the left side of powder raw material feed mechanism D-1 is provided with rabbling mechanism J.The upper end of left side is similarly provided with implement F60.Keeping the engaging portion of implement F60 to be set to makes front end Nozzle F61 be located at the position of the position higher than the hot water water surface in reservoir F.In the left side of powder raw material feed mechanism D-1 Lower end be provided with scavenger fan T110.

As shown in Figure 200, reservoir F is configured in the inboard of powder raw material feed mechanism D-1.Machine is supplied in powder raw material There are two types of circular cup feed mechanism C-2 for setting on front side of the face of structure D-1.

Medium-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-1 is provided with the hinge T116 for being opened and closed front surface door 3 in frontal left.? The inside of apparatus casing 2, ice machine G are configured at the most inboard of left end, are provided on front side of its face and extract raw material feed mechanism D- 2.The front surface of raw material feed mechanism D-2 is extracted close to front surface door 3, is easy to be safeguarded if opening front surface door 3.? The left side for extracting raw material feed mechanism D-2, is provided with power pack T118 in the left wall of apparatus casing 2.

Ice machine G be in when looking down it is roughly circular, diameter is bigger, but compare be arranged in right side capital equipment cross It is small to width.The transverse width for extracting raw material feed mechanism D-2 is smaller, and depth direction width is bigger.If by depth direction The bigger ice machine G of width and extraction raw material feed mechanism D-2 are arranged along depth direction, then the depth of the inside of apparatus casing 2 Degree direction width is substantially filled.In addition, the transverse width for extracting raw material feed mechanism D-2 is smaller, therefore can be in left side Configure power pack T118.In this way, the left part in the inside of apparatus casing 2, by the bigger ice machine G of depth direction width Arrangement is concentrated with raw material feed mechanism D-2 is extracted, becomes the layout not wasted.Also, with almost non-maintaining ice machine G phase Than extracting raw material feed mechanism D-2 and needing raw material supply, component supply and maintenance, be easy to and being set to front-surface side Operation.

In the inside of apparatus casing 2 slave central portion to right part, it is former that it is disposed with reservoir F, powder from the back side Expect feed mechanism D-1 and two kinds of circular cup feed mechanism C-2.

Two kinds of circular cup feed mechanism C-2 can be opened to using the hinge T120 for the right wall for being set to apparatus casing 2 On front side of face, so as to make inboard powder raw material feed mechanism D-1 exposure.Front surface door 3 is opened to the left, on the other hand, Two kinds of circular cup feed mechanism C-2 are opened to the right, thus it enables that respective aperture is big, can easily be done to powder original Expect the maintenance of feed mechanism D-1.

The depth direction width of reservoir F is small, but transverse width is bigger than the transverse width of ice machine G.Two kinds of circular cups The depth direction width and transverse width of feed mechanism C-2 is bigger than reservoir F.The depth side of powder raw material feed mechanism D-1 It is same degree to width and two kinds of circular cup feed mechanism C-2, but transverse width is medium-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-1 Half or so, it is bigger.

In the inside of apparatus casing 2 slave central portion to right part, the big reservoir F of transverse width, powder raw material are supplied It is concentrated and is arranged to mechanism D-1 and two kinds of circular cup feed mechanism C-2, there is no the wastes in space.In particular, reservoir F Depth direction width it is small, therefore further powder raw material feed mechanism D-1 and two kinds of circular cup feed mechanism C-2 can be matched It is set to same column.Two kinds of circular cup feed mechanism C-2 are located adjacent to the position of front surface door 3, are easy to carry out the behaviour such as supply of glass W Make.By opening two kinds of circular cup feed mechanism C-2 using hinge T120, powder raw material feed mechanism D-1 is exposed, be easy into The operations such as row raw material supply.Reservoir F is substantially non-maintaining, and temperature is relatively high, thus be configured at it is most inboard to avoid without The contact of meaning ground.Reservoir F is disposed above, therefore can obtain high head pressure, is easy to each portion's supply hot water into machine.

In this way, comparing the ice machine G for needing installation space and two kinds of circles according to medium-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-1 Cup feed mechanism C-2 and powder raw material feed mechanism D-1 is configured at left and right in the inside of apparatus casing 2, therefore before can be realized The miniaturization of size afterwards, so as to the enlargement of anti-locking apparatus.

<small-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-2>

Figure 20 1 shows the inside top figure of apparatus casing 2 in small-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-2.Small-sized is cup type Automatic vending machine 1-2 is smaller than medium-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-1, is moderate situation, storage applied to sale cup number Big in the amount of the beverage raw material of the inside of apparatus casing 2, the receiving number of cup is slightly few.

In medium-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-1, the tank D10 of powder raw material feed mechanism D-1 is 8 side by side, with this Relatively, in small-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-2, the tank D10 of powder raw material feed mechanism D-1 is 6 side by side.In addition, In medium-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-1, using two kinds of circular cup feed mechanism C-2, in contrast, small-sized cup type automatic In vending machine 1-2, using single circular cup feed mechanism C-1, the entire width of small-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-2 also becomes smaller Corresponding with the transverse width of these mechanisms amount.Small-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-2 is in addition to powder raw material feed mechanism D-1 It is identical as cup type automatic vendor 1-1 other than single circular cup feed mechanism C-1, omit front view and detail explanation. Small-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-2 has the effect of similarly being laid out with medium-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-1.

Figure 20 2 and Figure 20 3 shows the cup type automatic vendor 1-3 of compact.The cup type automatic vendor 1-3 of compact It is smaller than small-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-2, it is moderate situation applied to sale cup number, it is former is stored in internal beverage The amount of material is big, and the receiving number of cup is slightly few.

In medium-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-1, the tank D10 of powder raw material feed mechanism D-1 is 8 side by side, with this Relatively, the tank D10 of powder raw material feed mechanism D-1 is 7 side by side in the cup type automatic vendor 1-3 of compact.

In addition, the tank D10 for extracting raw material feed mechanism D-2 is 2 side by side in medium-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-1, In contrast, in the cup type automatic vendor 1-3 of compact, extracting raw material feed mechanism D-2 is 3 side by side, transverse width It is slightly larger.In medium-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-1, power pack T118 is set to left wall, in contrast, in the cup type of compact In automatic vending machine 1-3, slightly larger correspondingly with the transverse width of extraction raw material feed mechanism D-2, power pack T118 is set to The back side in standby shell 2 is slightly below.In medium-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-1, two kinds of circular cup feed mechanism C- are used 2, in contrast, in the cup type automatic vendor 1-3 of compact, use the rectangular cup feed mechanism C-4 of single.In addition, tight It gathers in the cup type automatic vendor 1-3 of type, using small-sized reservoir F, bag in box P7~P9 is omitted.In the cup type of compact In automatic vending machine 1-3, it may have the effect being similarly laid out with medium-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-1.

Figure 20 4 and Figure 20 5 shows subminiature cup type automatic vendor 1-4.Subminiature cup type automatic vendor 1-4 Smaller than the cup type automatic vendor 1-3 of compact, constant pitch save space and more menu purposes needed for being applied to office are stored in interior The amount of the beverage raw material in portion and the receiving number of cup are slightly few.

In subminiature cup type automatic vendor 1-4, front surface door 3 is to be opened using the hinge T116 for being set to right side The left hand model closed.

In subminiature cup type automatic vendor 1-4, in inside, the upper end in left side is provided with reservoir F, before it Side has been arranged side-by-side the rectangular cup feed mechanism C-4 of single and has extracted raw material feed mechanism D-2.The rectangular cup feed mechanism C-4 of single It is configured to be effectively utilized space using longitudinal direction as depth direction.

It is arranged with scavenger fan T110 in the rectangular cup feed mechanism C-4 of single, is in addition arranged with grinder K and punching Steep mechanism L.

In the inside of subminiature cup type automatic vendor 1-4, the upper end on right side is provided with ice machine G, in front of it Right wall be provided with power pack T118.

In the inside of subminiature cup type automatic vendor 1-4, front in middle level is provided with powder raw material feed mechanism D-1.Some is Chong Die when looking down with raw material feed mechanism D-2 is extracted by powder raw material feed mechanism D-1, but the former setting In top, the latter is set to middle layer, thus without interfering.Grinder K and brewing mechanism L is set to than extracting raw material supply Near position that mechanism D-2 is slightly deflected downwardly and left wall, it is ensured that the configuration space of powder raw material feed mechanism D-1.It is rushing Bubble mechanism L's is arranged with container containing slag T119, is in addition being arranged with the DC power supply relay box T122 for being placed in floor.

In the inside of subminiature cup type automatic vendor 1-4, in portion slightly below, right side is provided with cooling unit N, Center is provided with chlorine generator control box B10.Container containing slag T119 is provided on the left of chlorine generator control box B10.

Cooling unit filter T126, drain vessel switch T128, water filter T130 are arranged in cooling unit N. Dam switch T106 is provided near the floor under in addition.

Although subminiature cup type automatic vendor 1-4 and medium-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-1 or so are on the contrary, still have There is the effect in the layout substantially same with medium-sized cup type automatic vendor 1-1.In addition, by being worked hard in layout come real Ultra-small dimensions are showed.

Claims

1. a kind of cup type automatic vendor has in the inside of apparatus casing:

Cup feed mechanism carries out the supply of cup from the cup Leie time loaded；

Raw material feed mechanism, the powder raw material as the raw material of beverage is stored in tank, and from the tank to the cup into The supply of row powder raw material；

Ice machine carries out the generation of ice, and the supply of ice is carried out to the cup；And

Reservoir carries out the supply for being stored in the hot water inside the reservoir to the cup,

The cup type automatic vendor carries out the generation of beverage by supplying powder raw material and hot water to the cup, described cup type Automatic vending machine is characterized in that,

The apparatus casing has opening in front surface, and is supported with front surface door in the opening edge of the apparatus casing, should Front surface door is opened and closed the front surface opening of the apparatus casing by the hinge with the hinge axis along vertical direction,

In the inside of the apparatus casing, it is configured with the ice machine and power pack in the side for being provided with the hinge, in institute The switch gate side of front surface door is stated configured with the reservoir and the cup feed mechanism.

2. cup type automatic vendor according to claim 1, which is characterized in that

The cup feed mechanism is installed on the apparatus casing with following state: in the state of opening the front surface door, institute State the front that glass feed mechanism can pulled into the apparatus casing.

3. cup type automatic vendor according to claim 2, which is characterized in that

The tank configuration is between the reservoir and the cup feed mechanism.

4. cup type automatic vendor according to claim 1, which is characterized in that

The ice machine is configured at than the power pack by inboard position, and the reservoir is configured at and supplies machine than the cup Structure is by inboard position.